Annual

Report 2000 Annual Report 2000–2001 –2001 eateto osrainand Land Management Department of Conservation

Department of Conservation and Land Management

Locked Bag 104 Bentley Delivery Centre Western Australia 6983

Tel: (08) 9334 0333 Fax: (08) 9334 0489 TTY: (08) 9334 0456 Department of Conservation and Land Management HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR ANNUAL REPORT 2000 – 2001

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT 17 Dick Perry Avenue KENSINGTON WA 6151 Telephone (08) 9334 0333 www.naturebase.net

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 1 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

OUR VISION OUR PRINCIPLES OUR RESPONSIBILITIES A natural environment in Western Australia that In making decisions we will be guided The Department of Conservation and by the following principles: retains its biodiversity and Land Management is part of a greater conservation community and has • The diversity and health of ecological enriches people’s lives. distinct State government communities and indigenous species throughout WA will be maintained responsibilities within that and restored. community. Conservation is a collective role. • Where there are threats of serious or OUR MISSION irreversible damage, the lack of full scientific certainty shall not be used We have the lead responsibility for as a reason for postponing measures conserving the State’s rich diversity of In partnership with the community, which seek to prevent loss of native plants, animals and natural we conserve Western Australia’s biodiversity. ecosystems, and many of its unique landscapes. On behalf of the people of biodiversity, and manage the lands • Users of the environment and resources will pay fair value for that Western Australia, we manage more and waters entrusted to us, for the use. than 23 million hectares, including appreciation and benefit of present • Use of wildlife will be on the basis of more than 8.8 per cent of WA’s land and future generations. ecologically sustainability. area: its national parks, marine parks, • Outcomes will be delivered in the most conservation parks, regional parks, effective and efficient way. State forests and timber reserves, • Cooperation, sharing and integration nature reserves, and marine nature of resources and knowledge within reserves. CALM and between communities and OUR VALUES agencies will be promoted. As an agency with integrated • We will adopt a flexible and responsive responsibilities, we manage lands and In working to achieve our Mission, we approach to management and waters for the conservation of endeavour to behave with: operations and be receptive to change. biodiversity at ecosystem, species and genetic levels, including management • Honesty and integrity – acting OUR OBJECTIVES for the renewable resources they ethically, legally and treating people provide, and for the recreation and with impartiality. visitor services they can sustainably Conserving Biodiversity – To protect, • Respect – understanding and support. conserve and, where possible restore, respecting individual differences, Western Australia’s natural valuing each other’s contribution, and biodiversity. We assist the Conservation and Land respecting the views and aspirations Management Act statutory bodies of co-workers and the community. Creating sustainable community (Conservation Commission, Marine – • Openness having processes that are benefits – To generate social, cultural Parks and Reserves Authority, and transparent and understandable. and economic benefits through the Marine Parks and Reserves Scientific • Commitment – being responsible, provision of a range of services that are Advisory Committee) to carry out their accountable and dedicated in our valued by the community and are statutory functions. work. consistent with the principles of ecological sustainability. We work closely with the Forests We will demonstrate: Products Commission to ensure that Maintaining community involvement all activities in State forests and timber • Teamwork – working collaboratively and support – To develop community reserves are consistent with the and cooperatively with co-workers, awareness and appreciation of the and in partnership with the biological and physical diversity protection of community, nature community. natural to Western Australia and conservation, recreation, cultural, promote community involvement in catchment and physical values. • Leadership – being progressive, and support for its protection, showing initiative and creativity in meeting our objectives. conservation and restoration. We also contribute to national and – international programs through • Professionalism acting in a Improving the way we do business – professional, courteous and fair national Ministerial Councils, the To foster a positive work culture of trust, Natural Heritage Trust, the work of manner, and using up-to-date and continuous improvement and organisations such as the IUCN (the sound scientific principles and anticipation of biodiversity World Conservation Union), and to the accurate information in our work. conservation issues and customer • Value – delivering the best possible needs, and deliver core business implementation of international result for conservation through activities in the most effective and conservation treaties in WA. continual improvement of our efforts. efficient manner.

2 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

HON MINISTER FOR THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGE

In accordance with Section 62 of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985, I submit for your information and presentation to Parliament the annual report of the Department of Conservation and Land Management.

Keiran McNamara ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR CONTENTS 30 August 2001 WHAT WE DO ...... opposite

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR’S REVIEW...... 4

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR ...... 5

OUTPUT 1: NATURE CONSERVATION ...... 10

OUTPUT 2: SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT...... 21

OUTPUT 3: PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES ...... 26

OUTPUT 4: ASTRONOMICAL SERVICES ...... 36

GENERAL INFORMATION ...... 38 Regional Activities ...... 38 Specialist and Service Activities ...... 39 CALM Disability Service Plan ...... 40 Organisation Structure ...... 42 Corporate Executive and Other Senior Staff ...... 43 CALM-Managed Lands and Waters (Map, p. 44 )...... 45 Corporate Services ...... 47 CALMfire Management ...... 50 CALMfire Performance Indicators ...... 52

LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE ...... 53

PERFORMANCE INDICATORS ...... 55

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ...... 69

APPENDICES ...... 86

THE OPINIONS OF THE AUDITOR GENERAL APPEAR AFTER THE PERFORMANCE INDICATORS AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

CALM is committed to developing a range of services which meet the needs of our many customers, and at the same time are consistent with our responsibilities for conservation and land management in WA.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 3 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR’S REVIEW

The Department of Conservation and • Maintaining community The Department also will assume a new Land Management has entered the 21st involvement and support – to identity – proposed legislative changes Century with an unequivocal charter to develop community awareness and will mean the Department will become conserve the State’s biological diversity. appreciation of the biological and the Department of Conservation. physical diversity natural to While this challenge has been a long- Western Australia and promote Staff across all of the Department’s standing one for the Department and community involvement in and activities have embraced the new its predecessors, the creation of the support for its protection, direction of the Department and the Conservation Commission and transfer conservation and restoration. challenges presented by the significant of the Department’s native forest restructuring that has been commercial activities to the new Forest • Improving the way we do business undertaken. Products Commission in November – to foster a positive work culture 2000 have provided the Department of trust, continuous improvement The commitment of the Department’s with a much clearer focus on its and anticipation of biodiversity staff is firmly based on strong primary activity. conservation issues and customer partnerships with the community, in needs, and deliver core business particular the several thousand This distinct separation of activities in the most effective and volunteers who freely contribute responsibilities will improve the efficient manner. thousands upon thousands of hours openness and transparency of the across a wide range of the management of the State’s Each of these directions involves a Department’s programs. The assistance conservation estate including national number of strategies through which from volunteer organisations such as parks and nature reserves, conservation the Department will achieve its local bush fire brigades and State parks, State forests and marine objectives. The Department also has Emergency Services units is another conservation reserves. defined a series of yardsticks against partnership that makes an invaluable which its performance can be contribution to the Department’s The Department has clearly defined the measured. efforts to minimise the impacts of approach it will take to its new mandate wildfires. through a five-year Corporate Plan that The adoption of this plan reinforces the was released in November 2000. Department’s commitment to working with the community in the This plan outlines four key strategic conservation and enjoyment of our directions and objectives. These are: biodiversity and natural environment.

• Conserving biodiversity – to Changes as a result of the Machinery of protect, conserve and where Government recommendations Keiran McNamara possible restore Western Australia’s accepted by the State Government in ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR natural biodiversity. June provide further challenges and opportunities. The Department will 30 August 2001 • Creating sustainable community assume additional conservation and benefits – to generate social, related responsibilities from the cultural and economic benefits Department of Environmental through the provision of a range of Protection, as well as the BushForever, services that are valued by the CoastCare and CoastWest programs community and are consistent with from the Ministry for Planning. the principles of ecological sustainability.

4 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

NEW LEGISLATION FOR CALM The Department is to be renamed the EVER EXPANDING Department of Conservation and the CONSERVATION ESTATE New legislation passed through title of Executive Director will change Western Australia’s conservation Parliament established a new to Director-General. These changes network significantly increased in the framework for the conservation and require amendments to legislation. The past year. More than 840,000 ha was management of the State’s biological Government has also accepted a added by the creation of a series of new resources. The Conservation and Land recommendation of the Department to parks and management areas in the Management Amendment Act 2000 and dispense with the statutory titles of the Kimberley, Pilbara and Goldfields. the Forest Products Act 2000 divided Directors of Forests, National Parks the forest harvesting and conservation and Nature Conservation enabling the Several of the new parks join existing roles of the Department of titles of Directors to be aligned more parks or reserves. The Mitchell River Conservation and Land Management readily to the outputs of the National Park abuts the Prince Regent and created two new statutory bodies to Department. oversee conservation lands and manage Nature Reserve creating an overall conservation area of 750,000 ha. forest products. Additional conservation related functions are to be given to the A new conservation park was A new Conservation Commission of Department from other agencies. All established in the Pilbara. The Cane Western Australia replaced the Lands conservation management functions River Conservation Park extends over and Forest Commission and the currently undertaken by the 148,000 ha and includes several National Parks and Nature Department of Environmental landforms and vegetation types of Conservation Authority. The State’s Protection are to be transferred to the particular significance not found in national parks, conservation parks, Department of Conservation. other conservation reserves in the nature reserves, State forests and Management functions arising from region. timber reserves are vested in this body - the Bush Forever and Coastcare/Coast for the first time, all State native forests West programs that are currently Other major purchases of pastoral are part of the conservation estate. undertaken by the Ministry for lands for additions to the State’s Planning are also to be transferred. conservation network include Nanga, The commercial production of forest This is in line with the Department’s Lake Mason, Blake Range, Mooka, products from publicly-managed significant role in terrestrial and Cobra, Lorna Glen and part of Yaringa forests and plantations became the marine conservation management. responsibility of the new Forest covering more than 884,000 ha. Products Commission in November Consideration is also being given to OLD-GROWTH PROTECTED 2000. This has totally separated the transferring the Observatory functions commercial and conservation to the WA Museum. Following the State election in responsibilities of the Department in February 2001 the incoming forests and plantations. Likewise, consideration is also being Government implemented its policy to given to providing whole-of-portfolio immediately end logging in nearly 99% The Conservation Commission has its Corporate Services within the of Western Australia’s old-growth own staff, including an auditing section Environment and Heritage portfolio. forests, proposing for reservation that monitors the Department’s This is being examined by an approximately 340,500 ha of the implementation of management plans interagency taskforce on which a 346,000 ha of remaining old-growth as well as the harvesting activities by Department representative sits. forests, and placing a moratorium on the Forest Products Commission. harvesting in the remaining 1% of old- As part of the State Government’s The additions of these new functions growth forests. restructuring proposals for the public will mean a significant change to the sector, as detailed in the Machinery of way the Department operates. It will Immediately after the election action Government Taskforce report, more have an unequivocal charter to focus was taken to cease timber harvesting in changes are due to take place in the on the conservation of biodiveristy. old-growth forests and the Department coming year.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 5 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR directed the FPC to alternative areas. Wetlands International-Oceania. The None of the 1% placed in moratorium Commonwealth Government provided A new management plan for Rowles in case it was needed to honour almost $50,000 through the National Lagoon Conservation Park and the contracts was accessed for timber Wetlands Program of the Natural Clear and Muddy Lakes Nature harvesting. Heritage Trust for the project. Reserves was released, incorporating both tourism and conservation As part of its forest policy the Becher Point is one of the youngest measures. Government has committed to create wetland systems on the Swan Coastal 30 new national parks, including the Plain, formed only in the past 4,500 Rowles Lagoon is a semi-permanent 12 new national parks proposed under years, and has particular significance in fresh water lake – within a more the Regional Forest Agreement, and terms of research interest in the extensive lake system network – 65 km two new conservation parks. evolution of wetlands. north of Coolgardie. It is popular with day-trippers, campers and water sport Work also commenced on the Lake Gore is habitat for almost one- enthusiasts and is the only Goldfields preparation, for the Conservation third of the world’s population of lake with a gazetted water ski and jet Commission, of a new Forest hooded plovers and 10% of the global ski area. It also has important nature Management Plan for the forests in the population of banded stilts. It also is a conservation values and the lake south-west. It is anticipated that the drought refuge for many thousands of system is included in the Directory of Conservation Commission will release other waterbirds. Important Wetlands in Australia. It is the Draft Forest Management Plan for under consideration for listing on the public comment later in 2001 as part of The Muir-Byenup system includes Register of the National Estate. a major public participation program numerous lakes and swamps and is a on forest management being natural diversity recovery catchment A masterplan for the protection of conducted by the Commission. under the State Salinity Strategy. It is Wedge and Grey on the coast north of habitat for tens of thousands of Lancelin was released to guide the MORE RAMSAR WETLANDS waterbirds – more than 51,000 redevelopment and future management Three more of Western Australia’s individual birds have been recorded in of the area. It provides the framework – wetlands have been listed under the a single survey and has almost 650 for restoring and protecting the sites’ international Convention on Wetlands, species of native plants, many of them conservation values while providing for commonly referred to as the Ramsar rare. nature-based recreation and tourism. Convention. The listings also include 12 additions to four existing Ramsar sites. MORE MANAGEMENT PLANS An indicative management plan for the proposed marine park at Jurien Bay The preparation of management plans The new listings are the Becher Point was released. The plan is part of the is a major part of the Department’s wetlands near Rockingham, Lake Gore overall process to establish a world- activities. Draft management plans are near Esperance and the Muir-Byenup class marine conservation network prepared in consultation with local complex east of Manjimup. The around the State’s 12, 500-km coastline. community advisory committees. additions are to the Ord River A comprehensive management plan for These draft plans are released for Floodplain, the Peel-Yalgorup system, two coastal parks and an island group broader community consultation Toolibin Lake east of Narrogin and the off the North West Cape was released. before being adopted by the Vasse-Wonnerup system near Busselton. The plan covers the Jurabi and Bundegi Conservation Commission of Western coastal parks near Exmouth and the Australia and the Minister for the The Convention on Wetlands is an Muiron Island Reserves, 16 km north- Environment and Heritage. international treaty that promotes the east of the cape, all of which represent conservation of wetlands of an important part of conservation and The conservation and enhancement of international significance and the wise cultural values in the State’s northern Perth’s urban bushland received a use of wetlands generally. It currently conservation lands. major boost with the launch of the lists 1,038 sites throughout the world draft management plan for Herdsman covering an area of more than GREATER INVOLVEMENT WITH Lake Regional Park – a significant 78 million hectares. Australia, one of INDIGENOUS PEOPLE component of Perth’s open space the first signatories to the Convention, system. It is the largest wetland – has 56 listed Ramsar wetlands, of An agreement was signed between the approximately 400 ha – within Perth’s which now 12 are in Western Australia. Department and the Goldfields Land inner metropolitan region and forms The Department prepared the Council. This Memorandum of the focus of one of Perth’s premier nomination document with help from Understanding was part of the process urban wildlife sanctuaries.

6 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR that saw two former Goldfields pastoral $1 million. of animals. For example, quokkas have stations – Jaurdi and Mt Elvire pastoral Corporate sponsorship allowed fauna been sighted on farms around leases – become State forests and rehabilitation to continue strongly in Manjimup for the first time in half a nature reserves vested in the many parts of the State throughout the century. Conservation Commission of Western year. Australia. The recovery of one of the State’s Fifty threatened black-flanked rock endangered bird species – the Western The MOU allows the Department and wallabies were released in the Avon Bristlebird – was taken a further step Aboriginal groups to recognise each Valley National Park and the privately with the translocation of seven birds to other’s rights and to work co- owned Paruna Sanctuary. This greatly coastal shrubland near Walpole. The operatively together. The Department increased the chance of survival for the birds joined eight others translocated will work with native title claimants on species, which currently has a in a pilot project last year. The aim of issues relating to joint management population of around 1000 in the State. the latest translocation is to establish a and the use of the area for traditional secure breeding population in areas of purposes such as hunting and Native fauna was also released on the bird’s former range. camping. private property without predator-proof fencing. A total of 40 woylies was NEW WILDLIFE INITIATIVES A similar relationship with the released onto two Harvey farms as part Banyjima, Kurrama and Yinhawangka of the Department’s Land for Wildlife The Department ensures that wildlife- people saw the development and scheme – a voluntary scheme whereby based activities are licensed in opening of a $4 million visitors’ centre landowners manage part of their accordance with the Wildlife in Karijini National Park in the Pilbara. property for nature conservation. Conservation Act 1950 and conducts monitoring and investigations to Both partnerships highlight the new Woylies and chuditch also were ensure compliance with legislation and direction the Department is taking in released into Kalbarri National Park, the licences issued. respect to Aboriginal involvement in which signalled the return of two management of the State’s native mammals to their former range As part of this program a set of draft conservation estate. The Government in the State’s mid-west. regulations was released to provide a plans to further strengthen this framework for a licensing system that through amending the Conservation Sixteen endangered red-tailed would allow native reptiles and and Land Management Act to include a phascogales were transported across amphibians to be kept as pets. The specific reference to indigenous people Western Australian borders to an Alice draft regulations, released for public and joint management of conservation Springs wildlife park to help set up a comment, also cover issues such as lands and waters. captive breeding program for the breeding, selling, trading, capturing, species, which in the wild now number importing and exporting. WESTERN SHIELD fewer than 10,000. As native reptiles and amphibians need The wildlife recovery program Western Twenty-five western barred bandicoots, special care and facilities when held in Shield continues to progress in leaps from Bernier Island in the World captivity, the draft regulations outlined and bounds. Heritage Listed Shark Bay, were a range of licence categories. These translocated to the Arid Recovery categories also proposed the species The program was significantly helped project at Roxby Downs in South that could be kept under a particular by the securing of a five-year $300,000 Australia. The translocation is the first licence. sponsorship from one of Western attempt to re-establish a population Australia’s leading mining groups, outside Western Australia. Licences will vary in line with an Tiwest Joint Venture. The funds will be applicant’s experience in handling and used to aerially fox-bait CALM- The species was also reintroduced into caring for reptiles. In some instances, managed lands between Lancelin, Dryandra Woodland, northwest of such as the keeping of venomous Jurien Bay and Dandaragan. Included Narrogin. For the first time in more snakes, applicants will need to hold a in the area are Nambung and than 90 years the marsupial will now lower category licence for several years Badgingarra National Parks, and Nilgen exist naturally in the south-west. or have similar experience. They also and Eneminga Nature Reserves. will have to satisfy conditions in Tiwest’s sponsorship takes the total The success of reintroductions has relation to security, and allow their level of sponsorship received by the seen a dramatic increase in the number keeping facilities to be inspected before Western Shield program to around

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 7 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR a licence is issued. recognised as being one of the world’s The proposals do not cover crocodiles biodiversity hotspots. The main aim of A $4 million visitors’ centre opened in or marine turtles, which will not be the Millennium Seed Bank is to collect Karijini National Park in the Pilbara. A considered for private pet keeping. The and conserve 10% of the world’s seed- joint project of the Karijini Park draft regulations also propose bearing plants by 2010. Council, the Pilbara Development amendments to current arrangements Commission and the Department, the for caring for sick or injured reptiles. A plant believed to have been extinct centre was another example of for more than 150 years was involving the State’s indigenous people A new rescue system for WA’s injured rediscovered in Western Australia’s in the management of one of the native animals commenced during the Wheatbelt. Frankenia parvula State’s major natural attractions. year. The Department created the new (Drummond’s frankenia) was first service - named WILDCARE - so people collected in 1847 by State botanist WINNING AWARDS have an easy way of getting help for James Drummond near Kellerberrin. animals. Staffed by volunteers at the There had been no official records of it The reputation of Western Australia’s Department’s Kensington offices, the since then. As a result of the discovery Valley of the Giants Tree Top Walk was new service runs 24 hours a day, seven the number of plants presumed extinct further recognised when it was judged days a week, diverting to rostered home has fallen to 16 compared with 53, the most significant regional attraction telephones after hours and at 10 years ago. in the national tourism awards. The weekends. Tree Top Walk is a 600 metre-long A seven-year project to catalogue the walkway that takes people 40 metres HERBARIUM HITS HIGH NOTE State’s vascular plants culminated in above the ground into the tingle tree the release of Western Australian Flora canopy near Walpole on the State’s Western Australia’s Herbarium had a – A Descriptive Catalogue. Every plant south coast. number of significant achievements species known to exist in Western during the year in its quest to protect Australia is described in the catalogue. The Department’s communication and conserve the State’s native flora. program, based on the CALMWeb NATURE-BASED TOURISM intranet site, won a Golden Award for The number of plants in the State’s STRIDES AHEAD Excellence in Communications and native plant collection reached the Public Relations conducted by the Facilitating greater recreation 500,000 mark. The Herbarium’s half- International Public Relations opportunities for people visiting the millionth specimen – an undescribed Association. The Award was won for State’s conservation areas is a key species of Clematis, or Traveller’s Joy – excellence in the employee relations’ priority for the Department. means the Herbarium collection has a category, which attracted more than 70 The proposed $2 million tourist icon flora specimen for every five square entries worldwide. development in the karri forest kilometres of WA’s 2.5 million square The Department’s Corporate between Nannup and Manjimup was kilometres. In the past three years, Information Section received the taken a further step forward with the volunteers from the Department’s inaugural J Eddis Linton Award for selection of a proposal for a sky-jetty regional herbaria have contributed outstanding group contribution to the high above the forest floor in the more than 10,000 specimens to the WA records management profession. Donnelly River Valley. Herbarium’s collection. CALMFIRE HEADS TO THE US Visitor facilities were greatly enhanced Hundreds of thousands of Western with the opening of a million-dollar Australia’s native plant seeds were Six Department of Conservation and visitor centre with million-dollar views delivered to the Royal Botanic Gardens, Land Management officers crossed the at Monkey Mia in Shark Bay. The views Kew, in the United Kingdom as part of Pacific to help tackle one of the United are also beamed to the world via the a worldwide project to store seeds as States’ biggest wildfires. The six were Department’s Internet site insurance against plant extinctions. part of an 82-strong Australian and (www.naturebase.net) from a Dolphin This delivery was part of the New Zealand contingent which spent Camera giving computer users the Millennium Seed Bank project for flora five weeks managing the worst United opportunity to view the famous conservation, which involves the States forest fires in 50 years. Monkey Mia dolphins. Positioned at the collection and storage of seeds from edge of the beach overlooking the 24,000 species around the world. In The Department’s fire officers were dolphins, the new Monkey Mia Visitor the next 10 years, seeds from 1000 based in one of the worst hit areas in Centre will host 100,000 visitors a year species will come from WA, which is northwest Montana. The uncontrolled with numbers expected to grow.

8 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR fires raged across 13 States, burned a priority for the Department. run for more than 18,000 students and more than 2.7 million hectares of The Department developed a public teachers at The Hills Forest Discovery forests and tragically killed 11 people. participation strategy to ensure its Centre in Mundaring and at the efforts to work in partnership with the Wellington Discovery Forest in the The knowledge gained and lessons community are as effective and Bunbury/Collie area. Designed to teach learned during the United States’ fires efficient as possible. Public youth about the need for and complexity will open further opportunities for participation is a practical way of of conservation management, and to future exchanges of personnel during involving the community in the appreciate and become more aware of wildfire emergencies and other fire Department’s activities and helps the the natural environment around them, management activities. community understand the the programs attracted students from Department’s responsibilities. Years 1 – 12. Back at home, Western Australia’s aerial fire fighting operations were In 2000, the Department released a In the CALM Bush Ranger program, expanded to cover the south-west, Public Participation Manual to provide 800 students aged from 13 to 17 Great Southern, Avon Valley and guidelines for staff about the best ways contributed 105,600 hours to nature Northern Sandplains. The expansion of involving the community in conservation projects across Western was part of a new contract that had activities. The manual will evolve over Australia. Many of the nature been signed with Dunn’s Aviation to time, taking into account feedback conservation projects carried out by provide five water bombers between from staff and the community. Prior to Bush Rangers, which is a statewide and December and April each year. the development of this manual, both nationally accredited program that is staff and community feedback indicated part of the WA Cadets youth The Department’s Fire Officers had a there was a need to improve the way in development scheme, targeted the busy year on the wildfire front. The which the public participated in the major environmental issues facing Nuyts Wilderness area of the Walpole- Department’s activities. Western Australia – biodiversity Nornalup National Park remained protection and salinity. closed for several days following a Six two-day workshops have been held wildfire that burned through 2,700 ha. to familiarise staff with the public In addition to four issues of the The wildfire was contained by the participation strategy and manual, and Department’s conservation magazine efforts of officers from the Department’s to equip then with skills and LANDSCOPE, 166 other publications Blackwood, Pemberton and Manjimup understanding to work with the were produced by the Department offices. community effectively. One hundred during the year. While some were of a and thirty four staff (10% of them from technical nature, most were designed to Department fire crews also battled two the Forest Products Commission) create awareness, appreciation and big wildfires over six days in Stirling attended these workshops. motivation for the conservation of the Range National Park north of Albany. State’s rich diversity of native plants, The two fires, caused by lightning The recommendation to establish an animals and natural ecosystems, and strikes, burned through more than internal public participation reference its unique landscapes. 30,000 hectares. group, for staff to seek advice and share PUBLIC PARTICIPATION experiences with their colleagues, has Interest in and public use of been accepted. The reference group NatureBase, CALM’s award-winning Building partnerships with the community will be convened later this year. Internet site, also continued to grow. and promoting wider public involvement With an average of more than 45,000 with the Department in the prevention ECO-EDUCATION ‘hits’ a day recorded, there were more and solution of conservation and land Eco-education school programs were than 6,400,000 ‘hits’ on the popular management problems continued to be site during the year.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 9 OUTPUT 1 OUTPUT 1: NATURE CONSERVATION

HIGHLIGHTS exploited species according to the populations through the removal or principles of ecological sustainability, reduction of introduced predators. • Re-introduction of the Bilby for the acquisition, conservation and Native wildlife populations recover (Macrotis lagotis) to Francois protection of representative ecosystems naturally or are assisted through re- Peron National Park, the and for conducting emergency actions introductions of fauna back into their Western Barred Bandicoot to save wildlife, minimising adverse natural habitats. (Perameles bougainville) to effects of fire, weeds, feral animals and Dryandra State Forest and the disease and developing public Under Western Shield, the Department Black-flanked Rock–wallaby awareness, understanding and support continues to bait approximately (Petrogale lateralis lateralis) to for the nature conservation programs, 3.5 million hectares of the lands it Avon Valley National Park. services and policies. manages to control foxes and cats, with • Confirmation of successful more than 770,000 poison baits being breeding in the wild by Note: The Department uses the used annually. Valuable and much Malleefowl (Leipoa ocellata), National Strategy for the appreciated corporate sponsorship has which was re-introduced to Conservation of Australia’s Biological been provided to Western Shield, Francois Peron National Park in Diversity definition of ‘conservation’, notably from Alcoa Australia Limited, 1997 and 1998. i.e. ‘the protection, maintenance, Cable Sands (W.A.) Pty Ltd, Iluka management, sustainable use, Resources and Tiwest Pty Ltd.The • More than 500 members restoration and enhancement of the Department thanks these sponsors. registered under the Land for natural environment.’ Wildlife scheme – totalling Development of the improved fox bait more than 90,000 ha of private The Output performance can be best ‘Pro-bait’ has proceeded and land managed for conservation measured in three key areas: collaborative work on the development • Rediscovery of five species of 1. Wildlife and habitat management. of a cat bait has continued. flora previously presumed to be 2. Wildlife utilisation. extinct. 3. Threatened species management. Monitoring of fauna across the south- west continues to demonstrate the • Collaborative arrangement The Roadside Conservation Committee effectiveness of predator control in signed with the Royal Botanic operates within the overall Nature fauna recovery. Gardens Kew in the UK, and the Conservation Program to coordinate Botanic Gardens and Parks and promote the conservation and The community education program, Authority, Perth, for priority effective management of native which includes activities at The Hills flora seed collection as part of vegetation on road and rail reserves for Forest Discovery Centre such as the international Millennium the benefit of the environment and the professional development for educators Seed Bank Project. people of Western Australia. The and field camps for schools, maintained Department meets the cost of servicing its successful interaction with the WA OUTCOME the Committee and obtains public by involving 18,000 students The conservation of indigenous plants, contributions towards the Committee’s and teachers this year. operations from Main Roads Western animals and ecological processes in Salinity Action Plan natural habitats. Australia and WestNet Rail. Projects begun by the Department OUTPUT DESCRIPTION WILDLIFE AND HABITAT MANAGEMENT under the 1996 Salinity Action Plan The production and implementation continued through the terrestrial and of management plans and programs Western Shield – Fauna Recovery aquatic surveys which have contributed for flora and fauna conservation, for to the identification of Natural The objective of Western Shield is to threatened species and ecological Diversity Recovery Catchments, the facilitate the recovery of native wildlife communities and for commercially Land for Wildlife program, the Nature

10 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

Conservation Covenant program, During the year $191,655 was allocated management issues in need of policy farm forestry initiatives involving across 11 wetland conservation projects, development. In addition, the MPRA maritime pines and oil mallees, and with projects contributing to the gave consideration to site specific the management of Crown reserves implementation of objectives and management issues including: within the south-west. actions of the WCP. Projects included endorsement of the Management the development and implementation Guidelines for Maud Sanctuary Zone Within the biological survey project, of management plans, research, survey, (Ningaloo Marine Park); comments in all sampling of the 303 terrestrial monitoring and education/information relation to Mauds Landing resort fauna sites, 235 wetlands and 750 (including visitor facilities). Successful development; endorsement of the flora sites has been concluded. All projects involved wetlands that are Proposed Jurien Bay Indicative 25 monitoring wetlands have been listed under the Ramsar Convention, Management Plan; comments on sampled, reports prepared, and eight the Directory of Important Wetlands of upgrading the Useless Loop Road and have been re-sampled. Most Australia, the Register of the National assessments of other development identifications were completed and Estate, and as threatened ecological proposals in the Shark Bay World databasing of results is underway. communities. Heritage Area; comments in relation to the Beenyup ocean outlet for waste water in Marmion Marine Park; As a result of the biological surveys, The Department also successfully comments in relation to the Perth a new recovery catchment has nominated a further three wetlands for Coastal Waters Environmental commenced in the Buntine- listing under the Ramsar Convention Protection Policy; and comments in Marchagee area and a further and twelve extensions to four existing relation to the Environmental catchment is proposed in the Ramsar-listed wetlands. New listings Protection Authority draft guidance for Bolgart/Julimar area. These are in are Lake Muir-Byenup Lagoon, Lake assessment and protection of tropical addition to the four already Gore and Becher Point wetlands and arid zone mangroves along the Pilbara established - Toolibin Lake, Lake extensions to the Ord River Floodplain, coastline. Muir-Unicup, Lake Warden and Lake Toolibin Lake, the Vasse-Wonnerup and Bryde-East Lake Bryde. the Peel-Yalgorup systems. Marine conservation reserve Land Assessment Land Acquisition management plans developed before 1997 are being reviewed to facilitate With significant mineral resource The land acquisition program the audit function of the MPRA. Key potential on and surrounding continued in the Gascoyne-Murchison performance indicators, management Goongarrie Station, a comprehensive Rangeland Strategy region. The new strategies and priorities are being biological-sampling program additions mean the existing reserve assigned for Shark Bay, Marmion, commenced to determine the system now exceeds 2.5 million Shoalwater Islands and Swan Estuary biodiversity of the area. This will hectares, bringing the total area of land marine parks. provide the knowledge to make in the region managed for conservation informed decisions on the future to more than 3.6 million hectares or A status report on little penguins has tenure and management for about 6.5% of the region. The goal set been prepared to assist in the Goongarrie Station and National out in the Strategy is to achieve land development of key performance Park. Biological surveying will be acquisitions of between 10% and 15% indicators and management targets for ongoing over the next two to three of the area of the region for inclusion Shoalwater Islands Marine Park. years. in the reserve system. The acquisition The community advisory committee for program will continue for two more Wetlands the proposed Dampier Archipelago/ years with funding provided by the Cape Preston Marine Conservation State and Commonwealth governments. The Department continues to chair Reserve met five times during the year the State’s Wetland Coordinating Marine Conservation and considered the current usage and Committee (WCC) and is actively high conservation values of the area involved in the implementation of The Marine Parks and Reserves and deliberated on draft management the Wetland Conservation Policy for Authority (MPRA) met eight times objectives, strategies and targets for Western Australia (1997) (WCP). A during the year. Statewide issues the proposed reserve. Wetland Coordinator was appointed considered during these meetings during the year to provide executive included: the development of a mission The advisory committee for the support to the WCC and to coordinate statement and key strategies for the Proposed Montebello/Barrow Islands the Department’s activities in relation to MPRA; a generic framework for Marine Conservation Reserve met three the wetland conservation program and community advisory committees; and times during the year to develop implementation of the WCP. the identification of topics and management options for the area.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 11 OUTPUT 1

A new consultation initiative has been and Shoalwater Islands Marine Park including: Bottlenose Dolphin, Short- trialed during the Pilbara marine thereby alleviating current finned Pilot Whale, Long-finned Pilot conservation reserve planning environmental stress from existing Whale, Blainsville’s Beaked Whale, processes involving Sector Reference mooring and anchor damage. Gray’s Beaked Whale, Humpback Groups, which both facilitate the Whale, Indo Pacific Humpback provision of coordinated sector views Progress on the marine community- Dolphin, Pygmy Blue Whale, Spinner to advisory committees, and monitoring program has continued Dolphin and Pygmy Sperm Whale. The disseminate information to grassroots and the Department and the Australian most commonly stranded cetacean was members of the sector. Marine Conservation Society WA the Bottlenose Dolphin. received a special commendation in the Outstanding Coastcare Project category The planning process for the proposed There was one mass stranding and at the Coastwest Coastcare Celebration marine conservation reserve in the three entanglements of cetaceans for the Marine Community Monitoring Geographe Bay/Hardy Inlet area has during the year. Manual. commenced with a resource assessment of natural and social values of the area Officers also attended 11 pinniped The tracking of dugongs within Shark and a community awareness campaign. Bay continued in both the Eastern and strandings throughout the year, Western Gulfs, with confirmation of a including two sub-antarctic fur seals, The review process for the Ningaloo distinct seasonal migration pattern in three leopard seals, one southern Marine Park Management Plan has areas of core activity. The program will elephant seal and five Australian sea commenced, with boundaries of the continue over the next 18 months and lions. In most cases, these animals study area still to be finalised. Reviews will be used to gain further movement were ill or injured. One sub-antarctic of the oceanography and the ecological information as well as providing a tool fur seal and one leopard seal were status of Ningaloo Reef plus an for analysis of sea grass habitat. The taken into captive management, assessment of the representativeness of project continues to receive support rehabilitated successfully and released. from the local community and is seen existing zoning were completed this as an important collaboration, year to provide essential information Off-reserve Conservation particularly between the Department for the planning and management plan and the local Shark Bay Yadgalah The Department’s Land for Wildlife review process. Aboriginal Corporation. Information to Scheme is a voluntary program that date has been presented at a number of aims to increase the area of wildlife The draft management plan for the venues, including the Southern habitat on lands under private Rowley Shoal Marine Park and the Hemisphere Marine Mammal management. This program was partly Indicative Management Plan for the Conference. The Natural Heritage funded by the Natural Heritage Trust, Trust and World Heritage have extensions to the Rowley Shoals it involves landowners or leaseholders contributed funds for running costs, Marine Park are almost finalised before who register their properties in the while monies have been received from being released for a three-month public scheme. An assessment is made of the submission period. an Australian Research Council Research Infrastructure Equipment quality of the wildlife habitat and and Facilities Scheme (ARC REIF) advice is provided to encourage land In anticipation of the commencement grant for the purchase of more management based on sound ecological of a marine conservation reserve tracking tags for use in conjunction methods. Advice is also provided to planning process in the Recherche with James Cook and Edith Cowan allow landholders to obtain assistance Archipelago, reviews of existing Universities. in fencing, replanting and managing literature relating to the physical wildlife habitats. oceanography and ecological values of The monitoring of Australian sea lion this area have been undertaken. These colonies has continued, with pup During the year, 184 properties were reviews were funded through a counts on identified key islands off the inspected and assessed for registration National Heritage Trust grant. south and west coasts. Preliminary to the scheme. The total area of the analyses of counts are showing that properties visited was 118,958 ha, with The Department received $256,000 for numbers may be at maximum a total area of 17,485 ha being the purposes of purchasing and production levels. dedicated to wildlife habitat. installing moorings in high use recreation areas of marine conservation Departmental officers attended 15 To 30 June, 529 applications have reserves. These funds will allow 32 reported whale and dolphin strandings received full registration (91,602 ha of moorings to be installed at sensitive throughout the year, involving both conservation land), 107 applications locations in Rowley Shoals Marine live and dead animals. These have been given interim registration Park, Ningaloo Marine Park, Shark Bay strandings involved 17 individual (829 ha) and 209 properties have yet to Marine Park, Marmion Marine Park animals and represented ten species be assessed (845 applications in total).

12 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

Staff gave talks to 51 community Support is also provided to the Natural Weeds groups during the year, 12 education Heritage Trust grants’ scheme, groups and put up 17 displays (five of including administration support and The Department continued to be which won awards at their respective technical assessment of applications represented on the Australian Weeds shows) and organized 13 field days/ seeking funding. Thirty-one percent of Committee (AWC) and the State Weed workshops. projects submitted were technically Plan Steering Group (SWPSG) during assessed. A total of $7.5 million was the past year. The SWPSG oversaw the Four issues of the magazine ‘Western provided to 103 projects during the development of a draft State Weed Plan Wildlife’ were produced, along with one year, with 60% of the funds going to that was released for public comment brochure. In addition, 60 media community groups. in June 2000. This was a cooperative articles have been organized. project lead by the Department of A Western Australian Bushcare Agriculture, building on the New initiatives include: detailed Monitoring and Evaluation Program Environmental Weed Strategy collaboration with a local government was commenced during the year to produced by CALM in 1998. A total of authority; detailed planning with an assess Bushcare funded projects and 3,500 copies were distributed to entire catchment group; and discussions assist in program management. identified stakeholders and 90 public with other State government agencies Twenty-eight projects and around 220 submissions were received on the draft. holding freehold conservation land. sites were visited to evaluate project The submissions were examined, issues outputs and outcomes. documented and appropriate changes During the year, two formal incorporated in the final draft. The conservation agreements between The Bushcare Reference Group (BRG) final draft is awaiting official release. pastoralists and the Department were met three times during the year to Mining Management signed. These agreements, signed provide advice to the Department and under the CALM Act section 16A, are Environment Australia on the delivery Liaison with the mining industry for a 7,000 ha portion of Boolardy of the Bushcare program in the State. continued through various liaison pastoral lease in the Murchison The BRG includes State government, groups including: MMPLG (Alcoa bioregion and for a 150 ha section of non-government organization, and Bauxite), EMLG (Worsley Bauxite), Credo pastoral lease in the Coolgardie community group representation. BGEMLG (Boddington Gold), MELC, bioregion. The agreements allow for Advice was provided on a range of MSARC (Eneabba Mineral Sands), the conservation management of land issues, including program priorities Pilbara Iron Ore Environmental considered to have important and monitoring and evaluation. Committee, State Gravel Strategy conservation values and ensure the Management Group and State Lime protection of these values in the long In addition, the Department continues Strategy Steering Committee. Staff term. Further opportunities for to engage with resource development reviewed numerous annual reports for entering into these agreements are companies regarding collaborative mining CALM-managed lands and being sought with other pastoralists. management of lands adjacent to assisted other agencies to review CALM-managed reserves. The reports and proposals that impacted on The Department’s voluntary Nature Department has two Memoranda of conservation values of reserves. Conservation Covenant Program has Understanding (MOU’s) with mining been developing during the year with companies who hold land as pastoral Environmental Protection Branch the appointment of a Coordinator and leases adjacent to CALM-managed coordinated and commented on 11 five regional representatives. Currently reserves: Karijini National Park in the formal assessments by the EPA. A total the program has covenants on nine Pilbara, and Wanjarri Nature Reserve of 90 mining tenement applications titles covering a total of 119 ha of land. in the Goldfields Region. The leases were processed in consultation with the A further 22 covenants are in negotiation, subject to the MOU’s cover an area of Conservation Commission of WA, and covering a total of 4,439 ha of land. nearly 1.2 million hectares and are appropriate mining conditions imposed. managed in sympathy with the core The Department also continues to conservation reserves. Management The Department continues to pursue manage and lead the Commonwealth’s Advisory Groups for both MOU’s meet conservation opportunities by Natural Heritage Trust Bushcare irregularly to share information on identifying land to replace/offset land Program. The State Bushcare Program management issues and proposed impacted by mining activity and Coordinator and five Bushcare regional actions, research and education bringing these to the attention of facilitators provided assistance to a opportunities. The MOU’s will be mining companies. Compensation for range of key stakeholders in building reviewed during the next year with the loss of conservation values is also regional and State capacity to deliver view to develop more formal sought for operations impacting upon nature conservation outcomes. cooperative arrangements. CALM-managed lands.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 13 OUTPUT 1

THE WA HERBARIUM specimens, with 10,609 taxa The Database of Plant Descriptions represented. Each specimen is (DESCAT) contains data on a small The Herbarium flora collection vouchered and linked to a databased number of characters scored for each currently comprises the following total specimen in the main herbarium of WA’s 13,250 vascular plant taxa. number of specimens: - collection. The Reference Herbarium During the year this data set was Algae 5 ,442 is extensively used by both amateur maintained and further refined to Mosses 4 ,584 and professional botanists, including prepare the manuscript of a hard-copy Liverworts 1 ,081 the Wildflower Society and Landcare version which was published jointly by Fungi 6 ,869 and Bushcare groups, for flora a consortium comprising the WA Lichens 5 ,017 identification and verification. There Herbarium, WA Wildflower Society and Ferns 2 ,776 Gymnosperms (Pines, Cycads) 1 ,567 were 1,800 visitors to the Reference the Botanic Parks and Gardens Flowering Plants (Monocots) 79 ,669 Herbarium during this period. Authority. This project also provides the Flowering Plants (Dicots) 397 ,514 descriptive component of FloraBase. Total number of databased 504 ,519 There are now 74 active Regional specimens Herbaria in the WA Regional FloraBase is the WA Herbarium’s on- Herbarium Network Scheme, which line information system, which Records of all specimens incorporated plays a most significant role in both integrates corporate biodiversity in the WA Herbarium are entered into the collection of flora information and information by providing global access the Herbarium Specimen Database the dissemination of this knowledge to to descriptive, nomenclatural, (WAHERB) which is updated the regional community. A number of geographic and image data through the constantly. During the year, a total of training workshops were held and the Internet. Registration for FloraBase 15,744 records were added to number of trained collectors continues was rationalized and basic users are no WAHERB. During this year the to increase. The scheme is making a longer required to register. FloraBase collection incorporated and databased positive impact on the location of rare now has 604 registered users. During its 500,000th specimen. Of special and threatened plant species, with 118 the year FloraBase successfully note, 997 Priority Flora and 190 reports on plants in this category being responded to a total of 1,026,485 Declared Rare Flora specimens were received, as well as making discoveries enquiries. added to the State Collection, bringing of new taxa. During the year 2,643 the total collection of Priority and specimens were added to the WA The Plant Image Database is rapidly Declared Rare Flora to 29,837 Herbarium collection by Regional growing, through the assistance of specimens. Herbarium Network volunteers. volunteers who scan and edit photographs before archiving them at There were 2,921 loans of WA A new initiative is the Natural Heritage high resolution. Twenty-five thousand specimens to other institutions, and Trust funded Weed Information images have been scanned to date. 882 loans were received from other Network (WIN). During the next two Composite images illustrating habitat, herbaria. The WA Herbarium received years this project will develop a habit and detail of some 2,680 species 981 exchanges from other institutions comprehensive weed-watch program. are now available on-line via FloraBase. to add to our collection and distributed In addition, a team of volunteers 594 specimens. trained and supervised at the WA Two issues of Nuytsia were published, Herbarium will score and code data for providing up-to-date information on Biosystematics and conservation presentation in FloraBase, resulting in botanical matters to the scientific and studies of the flora continued, with a comprehensive online weed broader communities. Arrangements specific work on Leucopogon information system. This project is were made for publication of the (Epacridaceae), the grasses integrated with complimentary work completed manuscript of the Flora of Amphipogon and Austrostipa being undertaken by the WA Department of the South-West Forest Region with the undertaken during the year, and Agriculture and other groups assistance of the Australian Biological collaborative work on Myrtaceae concerned with management and Resource Survey. species, Lomandra and samphires documentation of weeds in WA. (Halosarcia and relatives in A major paper on levels of plant Chenopodiaceae). Targeted taxonomic The Census of Western Australian endemism in the south-west Land work has also been undertaken on Plants (WACENSUS) now contains over Division of the State was published, declared rare and priority flora. 17,000 records, representing 13,250 concluding three years of research. This paper updates previous figures and currently recognised vascular plant compares endemism in south-west The public access Reference Herbarium taxa for the State. in Perth now comprises 12,859 Western Australia and other equivalent Mediterranean regions in the world.

14 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

Trials of the biological information and covers all aspects of crocodile and a tagging system was introduced. decision-support system WABiota were management, including crocodile All WA didgeridoos now need to be successfully conducted during the year population surveys and regulation of tagged at the point of sale, reducing and resources have been secured to crocodile harvests, farming, processing the opportunity for ‘illegally’ sourced transfer it to full production. and export. didgeridoos to be sold.

The WA Herbarium continues to Under the management program, A Memorandum of Understanding benefit from a major volunteer commercial harvests of live crocodiles between this Department and the program. During the year, 69 for farm-breeding stock, and limited Department of Land Administration in volunteers contributed 15,326 hours to harvest of eggs and hatchlings, can be relation to Management of the Flora a wide range of projects including approved. For management purposes, Industry on Unallocated Crown Land specimen mounting, image scanning these harvests are primarily restricted and Unmanaged Reserves was signed. and editing, the Reference Herbarium, to the Cambridge Gulf area, where This will improve the management Regional Herbarium and Weed monitoring ensures that the wild capacity of the Department on these Information Network, geo-coding crocodile populations are conserved. lands to ensure the harvesting of validation, specimen incorporation, Surveys were again undertaken of protected flora occurs in a sustainable and curation of plant groups of special saltwater crocodile and freshwater manner. interest. In addition, the Regional crocodile populations in the Cambridge Herbarium and Weed Information Gulf–Lake Argyle area during the year. Two species are currently being Network effectively harnesses the effort monitored on Crown land to determine of some 200 volunteers statewide. A total of 6,708 fauna (other than what effects flora harvesting has on damaged, but including non- them, and what level of harvesting may WILDLIFE UTILISATION commercial) licences were issued be sustainable. These species are Andersonia caerulea and Dasypogon The Department ensures that wildlife- during the year, an increase of 1.1% bromeliifolius. based activities are licensed, in from the previous year (see Appendix accordance with the Wildlife 8). The increase was partially due to an Conservation Act 1950, and conducts increase in the licensing for scientific The Western Australian Flora Industry monitoring and investigations to purposes and aviculture licences for Advisory Committee met twice during ensure compliance with legislation and native birds. The total number of flora the year to review management the licences issued. licences/permits issued was 2,203, an procedures and the setting of quotas increase of 1.0% from the previous and royalty rates for selected species. Management of the commercial year. Commercial flora licences harvesting of kangaroos continued decreased by 1.4% during the same There are currently four flora industry throughout the year, with input from period. This decrease was general management teams: Southern, Swan the Kangaroo Management Advisory across Crown land activities and private Region, Central Forest and Northern Committee. Kangaroo management property, and may reflect some Sandplains. These groups meet as is operates under the management plans rationalisation within the industry, necessary to coordinate the industry approved by the State and Federal plus the licensing of multiple private within those regions, and to discuss Ministers for the Environment for the properties on single licences. management issues. period 1998–2002. Under these programs, commercial harvest quotas The Flora Industry Data Management Marine Interactions were set for each species for the 2001 System has been updated. The calendar year. During 2000, aerial Database is now web-based with the Ninety-six whale-watch boat-tour kangaroo population surveys were majority of CALM District and Regional operators are licensed State wide, a undertaken over the central survey flora industry staff being able to access decrease of eight (7.7%) on last year. zone as part of the triennial survey the database. Licensed operators from various program. As euros are difficult to centres around the State, but count from the air, a baseline Intensive management of Banksia principally from Perth, had a total of population estimate using air survey hookeriana, Boronia megastigma, 24,721 passengers. This is an increase estimates corrected by trial ground Stirlingia latifolia and Verticordia of 9% from the previous season. While truthing has been calculated. nitens continued this year. This was these tours were primarily based on the first year that royalties were humpback whales, southern right The management program for charged for Banksia hookeriana whales are the focus of whale watching saltwater crocodiles and freshwater flowering stems taken from Crown activities in the Albany area. There crocodiles in Western Australia land. Royalties for eucalypt stems were 54 boat-based dolphin interaction continued. The management program taken for didgeridoos were increased licences, three in-water dolphin

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 15 OUTPUT 1 interaction licences and five boat-based Most of this increase is attributable to reticulatus (found in 1990 – material dugong interaction licences issued. the below average rainfall in the south- only recently determined) and Nemcia There were six in-water sea lion west that contributed to increased lehmannii (found in 2000 by a interaction licences and 21 boat-based attention on agricultural crops from Bushcare support officer). Taxonomic Australian sea lion/ New Zealand fur species such emus, long-billed corellas, confusion between the listed presumed seal interaction licences issued. galahs and 28 parrots. extinct species Ptilotus fasciculatus and the closely related priority listed Twelve Whale Shark interaction THREATENED SPECIES species Ptilotus caespitulosus was also licenses were issued for the year, with MANAGEMENT clarified, with the latter being passenger numbers increasing by 34% The Threatened Species Scientific determined to be the presumed extinct – from 2,380 (1999 2000) to 3,193 Committee met in October 2000 to taxon, and the former now being – (2000 2001). make recommendations for changes to considered to be extant. Problem Wildlife and Offences the lists of threatened flora and fauna under the Wildlife Conservation Act. A further 122 taxa were added to the Reports of problem crocodiles were These changes have been endorsed by Department’s Priority Flora List and 49 received by officers in the Kimberley the Minister for the Environment and taxa were deleted from the list on the and Pilbara. Licences to remove 12 Heritage, but have not yet been basis of further survey and taxonomic saltwater crocodiles from the wild were gazetted. The fauna listing thus review. A total of 2,057 taxa are listed issued because of the threat they posed remains at 120 taxa threatened with as Priority Flora. to public safety, and four animals were extinction, 13 presumed to be extinct, successfully trapped and relocated to 30 bird species specially protected Volunteers continue to make a commercial crocodile farms. because of their listing under the Japan significant contribution to the survey and Australia Migratory Bird effort for declared rare and priority During the year, Departmental staff Agreement and the China and Australia flora, accounting for 10% of the year’s provided guidance to many people Migratory Bird Agreement, and 11 surveys, with 28% of these coming regarding the legal requirements of otherwise specially protected. The through the Regional Herbarium wildlife conservation legislation. Priority Fauna List has 173 taxa. program. A further increase in the Verbal warnings were issued for minor surveys by staff also occurred during offences as appropriate and 272 With respect to flora there are the year with staff accounting for 81% offences under the Wildlife currently 334 taxa of extant declared of the reports received. Of the 1,850 Conservation Act and Regulations were rare flora and 22 listed as presumed to populations inspected during the year, the subject of written reports. To date, be extinct. Five of the presumed 244 were new declared rare flora action in 180 matters has been extinct species have, however, been populations, and 375 new priority flora completed. A summary of reported rediscovered during the year, and are to populations. offences is presented below. be transferred to the extant list. These Flora and Fauna and Ecological are Eremophila vernicosa ms (found in Communities Recovery Teams Departmental staff also provided advice 1999 during a community survey), on a wide range of wildlife matters in Frankenia parvula and Frankenia During the year implementation of response to many thousands of conferta (found in 2000 during a recovery plans continued for the inquiries from members of the public. Salinity Strategy survey), Gyrostemon following species of threatened fauna: Calls involved sick, injured and 1999–2000 Reported Offences 2000–2001 Reported Offences orphaned fauna; fauna causing a nuisance, such as possums living in 30-6-2000 Revised As at 30-6-2001 rooves and noise from frogs and ravens; Total Offences Reported 272 334 Total Offences Reported 305 dangerous fauna including venomous Convictions 28 71 Convictions 23 snakes and swooping magpies; and Dismissals 0 3 Dismissals 0 fauna, such as kangaroos, ducks and Letters of Warning 114 170 Letters of Warning 120 parrots, causing damage to private No Further Action 38 74 No Further Action 51 property and primary production. A Pending 92 16 Pending 111 summary of licences issued is at Total Fines $11,450.00 $20,250.00 Total Fines $8,400.00 Appendix 7. Total Costs $1,943.00 $5,897.35 Total Costs $2,934.50 Note 1: Figures for 1999–2000 reported offences are updated from those included in last The total number of damage licences year’s report under the Revised column. issued for birds was 248, an increase of Note 2: See Appendix 9 for details of 2000–2001 offences. 53% from 1999–2000 (see Appendix 7). Note 3: Wildlife Protection Section also processed 38 offences under the CALM Act and Regulations.

16 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

Gilbert’s potoroo, chuditch, numbat, communities: Toolibin Lake, During the year 30 Interim Recovery western ringtail possum, dibbler, sedgelands in Holocene dune swales, Plans (IRPs) were approved by the djoongari (Shark Bay mouse), south thrombolites of Lake Richmond, Director of Nature Conservation, coast threatened birds (noisy scrub- aquatic root mat community of caves including 23 for threatened flora and bird, western bristlebird, western of the Swan Coastal Plain and montane seven for threatened ecological whipbird and western ground parrot), thicket and heath community (Stirling communities (TECs) (see opposite). Muir’s corella, Carnaby’s black- Range). The North West Cape Karst cockatoo, Western Swamp tortoise, Management Advisory Committee Information posters have been Lancelin Island skink and orange- oversees the preparation and produced for the Cape Range Remipede bellied and white-bellied frogs. implementation of recovery plans for Community and Camerons Cave Camerons Cave and Cape Range Troglobitic community; both of these The State Network for the Malleefowl remipede (Bundera Sinkhole) occur on North West Cape Peninsula. continues to meet irregularly, with communities, and the Lake Bryde frequent direct contact between Recovery Catchment Team covers two Translocations individual members. The National occurrences of the Muehlenbeckia and Translocations (including Recovery Team has not met for some Tecticornia lake bed community. reintroductions, introductions and years, but the National Recovery Plan restocking) continue to be a very was published this year. Recovery Plans and Interim Recovery Plans valuable method of conserving threatened species. Approved Regional and District Threatened Flora In 1997, the Department published Translocation Proposals for threatened Recovery Teams coordinated the Wildlife Management Program No. 29 flora and fauna from July 2000 end of recovery of threatened flora, and in Interim Recovery Plans 4-16 for June 2001 are listed opposite. some cases Threatened Ecological Western Australian critically Communities, in the Central Forest, endangered plants and animals. These Populations of conservation dependent Southern Forest and Swan Regions, Interim Recovery Plans (IRPs) were fauna were also translocated as part of and the Geraldton, Merredin, Albany, prepared for a three-year period, the Western Shield program. Woylies Moora, Katanning and Narrogin although they continue to operate were reintroduced to Hadfield and Districts. unless superceded. A review in 2001 Strickland State Forests, Shannon Ecological Communities Recovery examined whether the recovery actions National Park and two areas of private prescribed in IRPs 4–16 had been property near Harvey. Tammar The project to identify and conserve implemented and whether success wallabies were reintroduced into the Threatened Ecological Communities criteria had been met. The privately-operated Paruna Sanctuary, (TECs) in the agricultural region of implementation of the 13 IRPs has Alcoa Australia’s Huntley mine lease southwest Western Australia, which progressed well. Of the 13 taxa, seven near Dwellingup and Avon Valley was previously funded by the NHT for still meet criteria for ranking as National Park. three years, is now being funded via the Critically Endangered, four have been State Salinity Strategy until June 2002. moved to Endangered and two have Monitoring of previous translocations This project concentrates on TECs in been moved to Vulnerable. No species is demonstrating that reintroduced agricultural southwest WA where the covered by these IRPs has become populations of threatened or priority threats include salinity and extinct, although the status of the species are establishing sustainable waterlogging. Twenty-seven Night Parrot is still unknown. None of populations where predator control is Threatened or Data Deficient the taxa has been delisted. maintained. Examples are presented in Ecological Communities have been the Performance Indicator section of identified. Interim Recovery Plans have Six Region and District Management this and previous Annual Reports. been completed for six of the Plans have been endorsed by the Examples include, Brush-tail Possums threatened communities, and another Minister for the Environment and and Quenda in Porongorup National three are currently being drafted for Heritage. These include Moora, Park (extant populations) and Chuditch the most threatened communities. Two Narrogin, Esperance, Geraldton, in Julimar State Forest (re-introduced other TEC projects funded by the NHT, Katanning and the Central Forest population). one identifying and conserving TECs in Region. These plans are the the rangelands and the other culmination of input from district, Western Everlasting implementing IRPs for critically regional and scientific staff as well as CALM’s Threatened Flora Seed Centre endangered TECs are continuing. many volunteers. These have been continues to provide an important Recovery teams also operate for published in CALM’s Wildlife focus for the Department’s flora particular threatened ecological Management Program series.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 17 OUTPUT 1

Interim Recovery Plans Approved in 2000–2001

Elegant Spider Orchid, Caladenia elegans Drummond’s Grass, Deyeuxia drummondii Mountain Paper Heath, Sphenotoma ms (No. 63) (No. 86) drummondii (No. 98) Phalanx Grevillea, Grevillea dryandroides South Stirling Morning Iris, Orthrosanthus Heath dominated by one or more of subsp. dryandroides (No. 64) muellerii (No. 87) Regelia megacephala, Kunzea praestans and Allocasuarina campestris on ridges Narrow Curved-leaf Grevillea, Grevillea Long-leaved Myrtle, Hypocalymma and slopes of the chert hills of the curviloba subsp. incurva (No. 67) longifolium (No. 88) Coomberdale Floristic Region (No. 65) Northampton Midget Greenhood, Granite Tetratheca, Tetratheca deltoidea Perched wetlands of the Wheatbelt region Pterostylis sp. Northampton (No. 68) (No. 89) with extensive stands of living sheoak Blue Babe-in-the-cradle Orchid, Epiblema Wongan Featherflower, Verticordia (Casuarina obesa) and paperbark grandiflorum var. cyaneum ms. (No. 69) staminosa subsp. staminosa (No. 90) (Melaleuca strobophylla) across the lake floor (occurrences other than Toolibin Wongan Cactus, Daviesia euphorbioides Maxwell’s Grevillea, Grevillea maxwellii (No. Lake) (No. 66) (No. 70) 91) Plant assemblages of the Billeranga Curved-leaf Grevillea, Grevillea curviloba Ironstone Petrophile, Petrophile latericola System (No.71) subsp. curviloba (No. 72) ms (No. 93) Plant assemblages of the Koolanooka Gillham’s Bell, Darwinia oxylepis (No. 79) Maroon-flowered Daviesia, Daviesia System (No. 73) glossosema (No. 94) Late Hammer Orchid, Drakaea confluens Aquatic Root Mat Community of Caves of ms (No. 80) White Featherflower, Verticordia albida (No. the Swan Coastal Plain (No. 74) 95) Albany Cone Bush, Isopogon uncinatus Cape Range Remipede Community (No. 82) Stirling Range Daviesia, Daviesia (Bundera Sinkhole) (No. 75) pseudaphylla (No. 96) Stirling Range Beard Heath, Leucopogon Camerons Cave Troglobitic community Gnaphalioides (No. 83) Prickly Honeysuckle, Lambertia echinata (No. 76) subsp. echinata (No. 97)

Translocation Proposals Approved for threatened flora and fauna 2000–2001

Species Source and destination

Western Barred Bandicoot Bernier Island to Roxby Downs, South Australia Western Barred Bandicoot Captive breeding colonies to Dryandra Woodland Bilby Captive breeding colonies to Francois Peron National Park Boodies Bernier Island to Roxby Downs, South Australia Chuditch Perth Zoo to Kalbarri National Park Western Swamp Tortoise Perth Zoo to Mogumber and Twin Swamps Nature Reserve Orange-bellied Frog egg masses to creek systems in the Blackwood River Western Bristlebird Two Peoples Bay to Nuyts Wilderness, Walpole National Park Scaly-leaved Feather Flower Seed collected from existing populations to Yandanooka Lancelin Island skink Perth Zoo to Favorite Island, Jurien Bay Black-flanked rock-wallaby Re-introduction to Avon Valley National Park and neighbouring, privately-operated Paruna Sanctuary. Wing-fruited Lasiopetalum Introduction to Serpentine National Park Noisy Scrub-bird Further reintroductions to the Darling Range McCutcheon’s Grevillea Seedlings and cuttings from adult plants and introduced to a site in the Negus Block (extension of translocation from last year) Western Prickly Honeysuckle Cutting material collected and introduced to Negus Block (extension of translocation from last year) Butterfly Brachysema From seed and cuttings to nearby reserves in the Southern Shrubland Ironstone Association near Busselton Abba Bell From seed and cuttings to nearby reserves in the Southern Shrubland Ironstone Association near Busselton Laterite Petrophile From seed and cuttings to nearby reserves in the Southern Shrubland Ironstone Association near Busselton Phalanx Grevillea Seed from subpopulations to a Ballidu Shire Reserve (extension of translocation from last year) Silky Eremophila Introduction and restocking to West Perenjori Nature Reserve

18 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1 recovery programs. Currently the these taxa are to be considered for work will allow the construction of Centre’s gene-bank holds collections recovery actions and this requires demographic models and population from 838 populations of rare and detailed field survey, location persistence probabilities, and provide threatened flora with 76 of the 95 inspection, and threat assessment of guidelines on how many individuals critically endangered flora represented. populations of each taxon. and how many populations are Research conducted in the Centre has necessary for taxa to persist. It will shown that seeds from rare and Ongoing flora recovery research also provide practical guidelines and threatened species from the south-west include the use of DNA based experimentally derived techniques for of Western Australia can be stored molecular markers to identify increasing population size in these under low temperature and low conservation units, resolve systematic critically endangered plants. moisture conditions, with seeds of problems in threatened flora, and to several critically endangered species assess the effects of recent Phosphite Program being successfully regenerated for fragmentation and reduction in Seventeen sites covering 95 ha were recovery work more than five years population size on genetic diversity aerially sprayed with phosphite during after initial storage. levels in populations of critically 2000–2001. Nine Phytophthora – endangered Acacia, Banksia, susceptible declared rare flora species The Department entered into a Eucalyptus, Verticordia and Dryandra were treated in Albany District, five in collaborative seed collection program species. These markers are also being South West Capes District, and one in with the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew, used to determine patterns of mating Esperance District. The Banksia UK, and the Botanic Gardens and Parks and inbreeding within populations of cuneata population at Poppanyinning Authority, Perth, as part of the critically endangered species, and how (Narrogin District) was hand sprayed international Millennium Seed Bank significant these events are in relation with phosphite for the fifth year, and Project. This program aims to collect to pollinator behaviour, reproductive handspraying was also undertaken at seed from some 60% of the State’s rare output and recruitment. 10 sites in Walpole District. and threatened flora and other plant species now known to be threatened by Experimental translocations of Four new sites were added to the salinity. It is likely to target over 1,000 critically endangered plants have program, two in the Stirling Range (Mt plant taxa. The project has an continued, with nine taxa completed to Trio - Nemcia luteifolia; and South estimated life of 10 years and will be date. Apart from the successful Bluff – Daviesia glossosema), a undertaken in a number of phases, establishment of new populations of previously unsprayed population of with Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew to critically endangered plants, these Isopogon uncinatus at Gull Rock and review funding at the conclusion of translocations are also aimed at the Tambellup population of each phase. The project has further developing appropriate translocation Adenanthos pungens subsp. effusa. objectives such as undertaking and techniques for a range of site The Bell Track site was sprayed for the publishing collaborative seed research conditions such as soil type, landform, first time since autumn 1997, however between Royal Botanic Gardens Kew, vegetation and climate. A second only 35 ha at the southern end of the CALM and Botanic Gardens and Parks important outcome is the development (225 ha) site, where the greatest risk of Authority scientists. of protocols for assessing and ‘breakout’ of the infestation lies, was predicting translocation success based sprayed. The newly discovered The survey and conservation status on monitoring and population population of Lambertia echinata assessment of rare and poorly known modelling of each experimental subsp. echinata at Lucky Bay in flora continues to be a vital focus for translocation. To date all taxa Esperance District was sprayed for the the Department. Currently there are translocated over the last three years first time. 1,193 flora listed by the Department as have flowered and set seed, and one poorly known but considered to be rare species has naturally recruited second Wildfires burnt most of the phosphite and likely to be threatened (Priority 1 generation plants. Translocations are spray sites in the Stirling Ranges. and 2, CALM listing). Many of these currently underway for a further six Monitoring of the regeneration at these are only known from one or two sites, taxa, and more are planned for 2002. sites will be undertaken for planning may be represented by only a single future spraying in this area. A collection in the Western Australian Research has also continued on handspray trial was carried out by Herbarium and have not been sighted populations of critically endangered Albany District staff to compare two for the last 10 to 20 years. Possibly as a Acacia, Grevillea, Synaphea and sprays with a single spray, autumn with many as 10 per cent, based on current Verticordia taxa to investigate the spring, and early season with late CALM estimates, are likely to be physical and biological interactions season applications. The results of this critically endangered. Confirmation of which influence the dynamics within trial, which will compare levels of their conservation status is critical if populations. It is expected that this phosphite in planta are not available yet.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 19 OUTPUT 1

ROADSIDE CONSERVATION COMMITTEE Roadside Conservation Committee membership • Department of Conservation and • Western Australia Department of The Terms of Reference of the Land Management. Agriculture. Roadside Conservation Committee • Main Roads Western Australia. • Fire & Emergency Services Authority. (RCC) is: ‘to coordinate and promote • WestNet Rail. • Greening Australia Western Australia. the conservation and effective • Western Australian Municipal • Western Power. management of native vegetation on Association. • Water Corporation. road and rail reserves for the benefit • Western Australian Wildflower • AlintaGas. of the environment and the people of Society. • Telstra Corporation. Western Australia’. GIS Mapping and Roadside Surveys conservation value or strategic of Conservation Values importance within the Shire of Chittering. Most public road reserves in this State are managed by local government This project has been ongoing since Liaison and Public Relations authorities or Main Roads Western 1987 and involves organising local Australia. The RCC operates through community groups to survey the The RCC has continued to liaise with education and liaison with these roadsides within their local area. State, local government and roadside managers and other agencies Training and support is provided for community groups on roadside who may work in the roadsides, to the volunteer data collection. A feature conservation issues. The following achieve the cooperation and voluntary of current roadside surveys has been mediums were used to disseminate acceptance of management practices the desire by local community groups information regarding roadside which maintain a safe and efficient to map the occurrence of environmental conservation: road system, while concurrently weeds on roadsides. This is now an • written material for print media, ensuring the sustainability of the many integral part of all roadside surveys and e.g. community newspapers, values present within the roadside. provides a useful overview of the Western Wildlife; This is achieved by funding and individual species present as well as an • displays at country shows, e.g. encouraging research; and collating overview of the extent of weed Dowerin, Wagin; and disseminating information; and infestation. Data from these is used to • advice to external groups, e.g. Local undertaking training. generate a series of maps that indicates Government Work Supervisors roadside conservation value, remnant Association; and The Department and Main Roads vegetation on adjoining landscape and • individual responses to public Western Australia each pay half of the weed infestations of roadsides. The enquiries or complaints regarding Executive Officer’s salary, with the Department’s Geographic Information roadside conservation matters. Department also meeting the cost of Section of the Information servicing the RCC. Management Branch now processes In December 2000 the RCC released a this data. During the year the new publication titled ‘Guidelines for During the past year the Roadside roadsides of the City of Albany were Managing Special Environmental Areas Conservation Committee continued to mapped, including roadside infestations in Transport Corridors’. This book meet on a quarterly basis. Increasing of eleven environmental weeds. provides practical information public awareness of the value of The RCC also sponsored a Geography regarding the legislation and roadsides has resulted in an increase in Honours student from Curtin management guidelines for such areas public complaints about roadside University to prepare roadside as rare flora, Aboriginal and European management issues. management plans for roads of high heritage sites and Flora Roads.

Performance Measures Output 1

2000–2001 2000–2001 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual Quantity Nature Conservation area 22.5 million 23.6 million managed (hectares) Quality Threatened species 500 500 Change in number of +46 0 Uncontrollable external factors prevented gazettal of any threatened species changes to threatened species listings.

Timeliness Completion of management plans 100% 100% within specified timefames Cost Cost per hectare managed $1.98 $2.03

20 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2: SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT

HIGHLIGHTS forests and timber reserves as defined following the separation of the in the Act, this Output has provided for commercial timber production • Separation of the forest the management of the forests and functions of the Department from its harvesting and forest timber reserves on an ecologically conservation functions in November conservation roles of the sustainable basis, including: 2000. This includes the identification Department. of key planning and information • Review of sustained timber • ensuring that the values of services that are provided by the yield within the context of multiple use forests and woodlands Sustainable Forest Management (SFM) ecologically sustainable forest are maintained on an ecologically Division to a range of clients, including management. sustainable basis; the FPC, other branches of the • Implementation of the Department and external agencies. • providing for the harvesting, Government’s ‘Protecting our regeneration and growth of forest Old-Growth Forests’ policy. products from State forest and IMPLEMENTATION OF APPROVED • Provision of forest timber reserves in accordance with FOREST MANAGEMENT PLANS management and integrated approved forest management plans AND GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND planning services. and the principles of ecologically PROGRAMS sustainable forest management; OUTCOME and ‘Protecting Our Old-Growth Forests’ Long-term maintenance of the forest • implementing the Regional Forest policy ecosystem. Agreement (RFA) and Government Following the State election in policies. OUTPUT DESCRIPTION February 2001 the incoming Government implemented its policy to: The sustainable management of State The Sustainable Forest Management • immediately end logging in nearly forests and timber reserves while Output addresses five key areas of 99% of Western Australia’s old- maintaining or enhancing nature activity: growth forests and proposing for conservation, water, recreation, 1. Implementation of approved forest reservation approximately 340,500 landscape and other values in the management plans and ha of the 346,000 ha of remaining long-term, and encouraging public Government policies and programs; old-growth forests; and awareness, understanding and support 2. Inventory and assessment of forest • place an immediate moratorium on for sustainable forest management, resources; services and policies. harvesting in the remaining 1% of 3. Maintenance and enhancement of old-growth forests pending a review biodiversity and other values; This Output was created in the 2000– of the forward timber harvest plans 4. Provision for harvesting, 2001 Budget Statements (May 2000) in and timber contracts to determine regeneration and growth of forest anticipation of the legislated whether contracts could be products in accordance with establishment on 1 July 2000, with honoured in line with the approved management plans and their respective statutory functions, of sustained yield set by the Regional the principles of ecologically the Conservation Commission of Forest Agreement (RFA) without sustainable forest management; Western Australia and the Forest harvesting the remaining and Products Commission (FPC). unreserved old-growth forest. 5. Partnerships. Although it eventuated that the Immediately after the election action Working Arrangements enabling legislation for these was taken to cease timber harvesting in old-growth forests and the FPC was Commissions did not come into effect Work has progressed on defining the directed to alternative areas. None of until 16 November 2000, consistent working arrangements that will apply the 1% set aside in case it was needed with the statutory purpose of State between the Department and the FPC

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 21 OUTPUT 2 to honour contracts was accessed for Nevertheless, substantial progress in • addressing improvements related to timber harvesting. relation to these commitments has the calculation of sustained timber been made. yields. The new Government also placed an immediate moratorium on timber The following commitments have been INVENTORY AND ASSESSMENT OF harvesting to undertake an assessment completed: FOREST RESOURCES of the scientific, economic and community • initiating State processes for Throughout the year the Forest values and the impact of logging on reserve creation; Management Branch of the SFM salinity in Palmer and Leach blocks • introduction to Parliament of Division performed a diversity of tasks near Collie, Helms block near Nannup amendments to the Conservation relating to the maintenance, analyses and the proposed expansion of the and Land Management Act in and provision of datasets for the south- Wellington National Park. relation to revocation of Forest west forests and softwood plantations Conservation Zones; under a service agreement with the As part of its forest policy the Government • development of a Memorandum of FPC which included: has committed to create 30 new Understanding for a Forest Industry • the provision of data, analyses, national parks, including the 12 new Structural Adjustment Program; interpretations, commentaries, national parks proposed under the technical and policy advice to RFA, and two new conservation parks. • archiving of data; various committees, review panels, • introduction to Parliament of independent consultants and Forest Management Plan 1994–2003 amendments to the Conservation Governments; Progress and Compliance Report and Land Management Act in relation to membership of the • the ongoing maintenance of A report for 1999 was submitted in inventory and growth datasets: November 2000 to the Environmental Department’s controlling bodies; monitoring of harvesting utilisation, Protection Authority in respect of • review of CALMfire processes in update of bluegum growth data Ministerial Conditions on the 1994– relation to weightings for values; measurements on behalf of the FPC 2003 Forest Management Plan. • review of the timber harvesting and industry, establishment of documents with a view to improve Implementation of the Regional Forest regrowth jarrah plots; understanding by field operators Agreement • the maintenance of spatial and field staff; reference sets for condition and Following the signing of the RFA in • development of protocols and history of activities for south-west May 1999, a number of developments linkage with Aboriginal Affairs forests and assisting with mapping occurred. In July 1999, the Western Department information so as to of forest density in inland areas for Australian Government announced a enable protection of identified the Goldfields forest classification series of changes to the management of Aboriginal sites; project (GOLDFOR project); native forest in the south-west. In • five yearly review mechanisms; • surveying and demarcation of December 1999, further changes to the • finalisation of reserve design at sensitive boundaries (eg. management of karri and tingle forest 1:25,000 scale; conservation reserves) adjacent to were announced. In February 2001, a • public examination of ‘look ahead’ harvest areas on behalf of the FPC; new Government was elected with a operational plans; and platform that included significant • the carrying out of inventories and changes in forest policy. These changes • consideration of publication of resource mapping in FPC softwood included a cessation of timber medium-term fire management plans. plantations to assist with assessment of sustainability, audit harvesting in old-growth forests and Substantial progress has been made for requirements and on behalf of the commitment to the creation of the following commitments: approximately 200,000 ha of new FPC to aid in harvest planning and • development of an environmental reserves in addition to the 150,000 ha asset valuation; management system conforming to protected under the RFA. • validation of FPC managed international standards; sharefarm contract areas and The RFA included a number of • legislative review and competitive resource was completed for that commitments by the State which are neutrality review in relation to agency as well as routine recoup the responsibility of the Department. wood-based businesses; services such as plantation survey As a result of the series of policy • pre-logging fauna assessment; for the 2000 planting season changes outlined above, the intended • assessment, data-basing and (P2000) and stratification of timelines for implementation of RFA integration of cultural heritage resource by productivity classes on commitments have been altered. resources into forest planning; and some plantations; and

22 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 2

• resource inventory, On behalf of the FPC 56,670 ha were PROVISION FOR HARVESTING, photogrammetry, GPS survey and mapped (this includes 17,400 ha of REGENERATION AND GROWTH OF Phytophthora cinnamomi disease previous mapping rechecked for FOREST PRODUCTS IN mapping services were also further spread, and 1,183 ha of linear ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED provided to other Government mapping for access requirements). A MANAGEMENT PLANS AND THE departments, private companies total of 10,213 ha of aerial photography PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGICALLY and individuals on a recoup basis. was acquired in full cloud, shadowless SUSTAINABLE FOREST MAINTENANCE AND ENHANCEMENT conditions for future Phytophthora MANAGEMENT OF BIODIVERSITY AND OTHER cinnamomi disease mapping VALUES OF FORESTS requirements. This is less than the New Forest Management Plan targeted area due to lack of suitable weather conditions and difficulties The Forest Management Plan 1994– Monitoring of Harvesting and encountered with contractor services 2003 will expire on 31 December 2003. Treatment Activities and contract conditions. As part of the Government’s The monitoring of harvesting and restructure of the timber industry an treatment activities carried out by the There was no reporting of soil accelerated process of preparation of FPC was undertaken by Forest disturbing activities requiring the next Forest Management Plan was Management Branch during the year. Phytophthora cinnamomi disease commenced during the year. interpretation carried out by accredited In 2000, 20,570 ha of jarrah forest were Interpreters for the Parks and Visitor The Department will prepare a harvested with the following silvicultural Services Output during the period. A proposed new Forest Management Plan objectives: small area was reported for the Nature for the Conservation Commission. The Conservation Output and SFM Output, Hectares SFM Division has the lead role in Thinning 2,030 primarily for management of nature preparation of the plan and in Release of regeneration 3,530 reserves in the Narrogin District. providing technical and planning Establishment of regeneration 8,090 support for it. Single tree selection 500 Environmental Management System Selective 4,770 Prior to the separation of the It is anticipated that the Conservation Other 1,650 commercial harvesting operations from Commission will release the Draft Total 20,570 the Department, an Environmental Forest Management Plan for public comment later in 2001. The draft plan Regeneration of approximately 710 ha Management System (EMS) for Native will include strategies for ecologically of the above area was achieved through Forest Operations on South-West sustainable forest management and commercial harvesting operations. Forests was in an advanced stage of will include areas available for Silvicultural objectives for a further preparation and progressing towards harvesting of forest products, details of 5,730 ha harvested in this or previous accreditation with the international the reserve system, forest structure years were achieved by follow-up standard AS/NZS ISO 14001. This will objectives, silvicultural objectives and treatment. meet the EMS requirement for the FPC. Preliminary work on an EMS for sustained yield levels. In 2000, 1,310 ha of karri forest were the Sustainable Forest Management As part of the process of development clearfelled or cut to seed trees, and Output of the Department commenced of the new Forest Management Plan 70 ha were thinned. Regeneration was towards the end of the year. and implementation of the old-growth completed on 1,610 ha harvested in Montreal Criteria and Indicators forests policy, the following reviews either this or previous years. and inquiries were commenced: The collection of data and collation of Disease in Native Forests information on behalf of both the • review of stream buffers; The mapping of the presence of dieback Department and the FPC for reporting • assessment of the scientific, (Phytophthora cinnamomi) disease to the National Forest Inventory, economic and community values symptoms was carried out to determine National Plantation Inventory, and the impact of logging on protectable areas and specify hygiene Montreal Criteria and other national salinity, of moratorium areas; and requirements for activities likely to and international reporting • update of silvicultural guidelines. result in soil movement on lands requirements was undertaken. managed by the Department.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 23 OUTPUT 2

Following decisions taken by the Silviculture previous Government after the release The Jarrah Forest of public utilities such as reservoirs or of the Codd report in January 1999 and power lines. Cleared areas are not in response to the report of the Harvesting in the jarrah forest is regenerated immediately but where Ministerial Advisory Group on Karri undertaken using a variety of silvicultural possible are rehabilitated later. objectives (silviculture is the art and and Tingle Management (the Ferguson science of establishing and tending The Karri Forest Report) released in December 1999, the forests). Where there is a predominance Karri forest harvesting is also dependent Government, in July 2000, announced of vigorously growing trees, the stand is on the structure and age of the existing the Terms of Reference for an thinned; where this is not the case the forest, though it is less complex than independent review of the sustained stands are harvested with the object of jarrah harvesting. Patches of even-aged regenerating them. This is achieved and vigorously growing forest which are yield of the south-west native forests. either by harvesting in a way that will greater than two hectares in size are The principal terms of reference of the release existing lignotubers to grow identified for thinning. When the stand independent expert group, chaired by unimpeded into saplings; or, where there is old enough to yield saleable products, Professor Ian Ferguson, were to examine: are inadequate lignotubers, harvesting to it is thinned to an appropriate density create a shelterwood under which by commercial harvesting. No further • the management practices used to seedlings are established. The proportion tending is necessary. implement the principles of of each area that is harvested to each of Mature forests and forests of mixed ecologically sustainable forest these objectives, and the degree of structure created by past logging management and their integration intermixing, vary according to the existing activities are harvested under a stand structure and condition. with the process for establishing clearfelling system. Regeneration sustained yields; In many areas the desirable silvicultural following harvesting is achieved within objective is achieved completely or nearly the following year or two by means of • the methods and data used in completely by the harvesting operation temporarily retained seed trees, by calculating sustained yields; itself. A proportion of the remainder is planting with nursery raised seedlings, • the timber resource estimates completed by silvicultural tending or by broadcast seeding. Seed trees are relative to the areas available for operations one or two years after the preferred method, but planting is harvesting. In more marginal forest types used in the years when there are timber harvesting; harvesting is done by selective cutting. inadequate seed crops available in the • the yield projection system taking In some areas harvesting precedes karri forest. Broadcast seeding is only into account varying growth rates clearing for mining or the construction used to a limited extent. in different parts of the forest; and • the yield projection system in terms of consistency with the In March 2001, on behalf of the FPC, and 40,000 cubic metres of first and objectives in the forest the harvest plans for jarrah and karri second grade karri sawlogs. management plan. were revised to ensure that timber supply commitments were met from PARTNERSHIPS The Stage 1 report of the three-staged areas other than old-growth forest. Throughout the year effective review was presented to the These variations were released jointly communication and interaction Conservation Commission in April with the FPC. continued with: 2001. This will provide input to the Indicative Timber Yields • the community and stakeholders; new Forest Management Plan. • other State agencies and To assist the timber industry Regional Indicative Harvesting Plans authorities; and restructure as a result of the cessation • Commonwealth agencies. In August 2000 regional indicative of harvesting in old-growth forests harvesting plans were released for (and without pre-empting the outcome The SFM Division contributed to the public consultation. The report CALM of the new Forest Management Plan), work of the Ministerial Council of Indicative Logging Plans 2000–2001 advice on indicative timber yields for Forestry, Fisheries and Aquaculture, – Consultation report prepared by the post 2003 period was provided to the Australian and New Zealand Environmental Resources Management the Government. The indicative yields Environment and Conservation Australia for the Department of announced by the Government on Council and to other national forums Conservation and Land Management 1 June 2001 were 140,000 cubic metres on ecologically sustainable forest was released in December 2000. of first and second grade jarrah sawlogs management.

24 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 2

Performance Measures Output 2 2000–2001 2000–2001 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual Quantity Forest area managed 1,870,000 1,870,000 (hectares)

Quality Compliance with management 100% 100% standards

Timeliness Satisfaction of programmed 100% 100% management

Cost Average cost per hectare managed $18.24 $47.65 Increase mainly reflects inclusion of Forest Products Division expenditure of $43.608 million which was incurred prior to the legislative creation of the Forest Products Commission on 16 November 2000. Net of this expenditure, the cost per hectare is $24.33. The cost variations mainly reflect the difficulty of anticipating the factors that eventuated to affect this Output’s first period of operation.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 25 OUTPUT 3 OUTPUT 3: PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES

HIGHLIGHTS help develop greater community policies or guidelines proposed to be awareness and support for parks, followed, as well as a summary of the • Twenty-nine lighthouses natural areas, nature-based tourism proposed operations. The CALM Act transferred to the Department and recreation services and policies. also specifies that the public is given an by the Commonwealth opportunity to contribute to the Government. The output performance of the content of management plans. The • 4499 volunteers contributed Department can be best reported in Department achieves this through 190,000 hours to help the eight key areas: public workshops, advisory Department care for the • Planning for management; committees, newsletters and inviting environment. comment on draft plans. • Acquisition and administration of • Prisoner work camps help protected areas; maintain national parks and Priorities for plan preparation are • Park presentation and resource the Bibbulmun track. guided by seven criteria, namely protection; threats to the area, demand for visitor • New visitor centres opened at • Visitor communication and access and use, the presence of Karijini National Park and management; exceptional features or poorly conserved Monkey Mia. • Community involvement; habitat, the need to develop different approaches to planning, existing OUTCOME • Liaising and working with indigenous people; commitments, funding opportunities and government directions. Community enjoyment of wildlife, • Business management; and Management plans are prepared for a lands and waters without • Legislation and policy for parks and period of 10 years after which they may compromising conservation and other visitor services. be replaced by a new management plan. management objectives

OUTPUT DESCRIPTION There are several other significant There were 44 final management plans projects such as the Bibbulmun track, approved by the Minister for Dealing with public involvement, regional parks and regional services Environment, with an additional 24 in visitation and appreciation of the that merit reporting separately. preparation. The Conservation natural environment on lands and Planning for Management Commission of Western Australia and waters managed by the Department, the Marine Parks and Reserves including preparing and implementing Section 33 of the CALM Act requires Authority assist in the determination of management and recreation site the Department to manage all land to priorities for the preparation of development plans; providing, which the Act applies according to a management plans. They also revise managing and maintaining appropriate ‘management plan’. A management the draft and final documents before access, recreation opportunities and plan contains a statement of the submitting with recommendations for visitor facilities; protecting natural areas, visitors and facilities from Areas Covered by Management Plans wildfire; training Departmental staff and volunteers, working with local Tenure Area covered by Total tenure % classification plan (ha) area (ha) covered tourist bureaux and commercial tour operators; involving Aboriginal people National Park 1,751,553 5,092,210 34.4 in park management and the provision Nature Reserve 361,031 10,818,199 3.3 of visitor facilities and services; Marine Reserve 1,115,125 1,145,940 97.3 providing visitor information and Other Recreation/ 93,710 849,963 11.2 designing and initiating educational Conservation Reserves and interpretive activity programs Total CALM which enrich visitor experience and Conservation Estate 3,321,419 17,906,312 18.5

26 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 3 approval to the Minister for the Jurabi, Bundegi Coastal Parks and indicative management plan for Jurien Environment and Heritage. Both Muiron Islands; Serpentine National Marine Park. authorities are responsible for a five- Park; Shark Bay Terrestrial Reserves; year mid-term review of the and Rowles Lagoon Conservation Park The following table lists the area of management plan and an audit of the and Clear and Muddy Lakes Nature each tenure category managed by the Department’s performance in Reserve. Two draft management plans Department for which plans are implementing the plans. for Herdsman Regional Park and completed and the status of plans in Turquoise Coast Islands Nature preparation or already approved as at During 2000–2001, management plans Reserves were released, as was an 30 June 2001. for the following areas were completed:

Management Plans as of 30 June 2001

Final Management Plans (completed and approved) Region Effective from

Mooradung Nature Reserve Swan 21/2/86 Nature Reserves in the Shire of Wyalkatchem Wheatbelt 21/2/86 Forrestdale Lake Nature Reserve (5 year term) Swan 10/7/87 Nature Reserves in the Shire of York-Northam Swan 10/7/87 Lane Poole Reserve Swan, Central Forest 14/12/90 Shannon Park – D’Entrecasteaux National Park Southern Forest 8/1/88 Benger Swamp Nature Reserve (5 year term) Central Forest 12/2/88 Cape Range National Park Pilbara 23/3/90 Northern Forest Region Swan 12/2/88 Central Forest Region Central Forest 12/2/88 Southern Forest Region Southern Forest 12/2/88 Ningaloo Marine Park Pilbara 24/11/89 Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park Central Forest 21/4/89 Yanchep National Park Swan 29/9/89 Fitzgerald River National Park South Coast 19/7/91 Dampier Archipelago Nature Reserves Pilbara 31/8/90 Waroona Reservoir and Catchment Area Central Forest 16/3/90 Logue Brook Reservoir and Catchment Area Central Forest 16/3/90 Shoalwater Islands Nature Reserves Swan 20/10/92 Walpole-Nornalup National Park Southern Forest 3/7/92 Marmion Marine Park Swan 15/5/92 South Coast Region South Coast 13/3/92 Matilda Bay Reserve Swan 21/5/93 John Forrest National Park Swan 19/8/94 Goldfields Region Goldfields 24/2/95 West Cape Howe National Park South Coast 4/8/95 Yalgorup National Park Swan 15/8/95 Dryandra Woodland Wheatbelt 14/11/95 Lesueur National Park – Coomallo Nature Reserve Midwest 13/10/95 Two Peoples Bay Nature Reserve South Coast 7/6/96 Purnululu National Park and Conservation Reserve Kimberley 5/3/96 Shark Bay Marine Reserves Midwest 7/3/97 Wanjarri Nature Reserve Goldfields 2/7/96 Canning River Regional Park Swan 5/12/97 Nambung National Park, Wanagarren, Nilgen and Southern Beekeepers Nature Reserves. Midwest 11/9/98 Leschenault Peninsula Conservation Park Central Forest 8/1/99 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves South Coast 11/5/99 Karijini National Park Pilbara 15/6/99 Swan Estuary Marine Park and Adjacent Nature Reserves Swan 7/4/00 Stirling Range and Porongurup National Parks South Coast 3/12/99 Jurabi, Bundegi Coastal Parks and Muiron Islands Pilbara 25/08/00 Serpentine National Park Swan 3/10/00 Shark Bay Terrestrial Reserves Midwest 3/10/00 Rowles Lagoon Conservation Park and Clear and Muddy Lakes Nature Reserve Goldfields 19/1/01 Final Management Plans (being prepared) Perup Forest and Lake Muir-Unicup Nature Reserves Southern Forest 13/11/98-15/1/99 Shoalwater Islands Marine Park Swan 27/10/95–29/12/95 Yellagonga Regional Park Swan 17/4/00–31/7/00 Herdsman Regional Park Swan 5/6/01-5/9/01 Jurien Marine Park (Indicative Management Plan) Midwest 5/10/00-5/1/01 Turquoise Coast Islands Nature Reserves Midwest To be determined

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 27 OUTPUT 3

Management Plans as of 30 June 2001 (continued)

Draft Management Plans (in preparation) Region

Beeliar Regional Park Swan Darling Range Regional Park Swan Yanchep and Neerabup National Parks Swan Gnangara Park Concept Plan Swan Woodman Point Regional Park Swan Jandakot Regional Park Swan Rockingham Lakes Regional Park Swan Dampier Archipelago and Burrup Peninsular Pilbara Millstream-Chichester National Park - Mungaroona Range NR Pilbara Montebello/Barrow Islands Marine Conservation Reserve (Indicative Management Plan) Pilbara Cape Range National Park (Revision) Pilbara Ningaloo Marine Park (Revision) Pilbara Dampier Archipelago/Cape Preston Marine Conservation Reserve (Indicative Management Plan) Pilbara Wellington Forest National Park Central Forest Region Leeuwin Naturaliste Ridge and Scott National Park Central Forest Kimberley Region Kimberley Rowley Shoals Marine Park (Indicative Management Plan) Kimberley Shark Bay World Heritage Area Strategic Plan Midwest Kalbarri National Park Midwest Gibson Desert Nature Reserve Goldfields Esperance Coastal Parks and Reserves South Coast Shannon-D’Entrecasteaux National Park (Revision) Southern Forest Wheatbelt Region Wheatbelt Forest Management Plan Southern Forest, Swan & Central Forest

Acquisition and Administration of creation of these additional Thirteen licences were issued during Protected Areas conservation reserves arising from the the year for the use of a number of the Regional Forest Agreement and the Department’s communication or fire The Department aims to develop a Government’s ‘Protecting our old lookout towers. The majority of these comprehensive, adequate and growth forest’ policy. These actions are licences were issued to the WA Police representative reserve system in complex land administration matters Service and Western Power as part of Western Australia. It also aims to that are undertaken with the assistance their radio communication networks. ensure that concessions occurring on of the Department of Land those lands and waters comprising our Administration and being cognisant of In December 2000 the Commonwealth reserve system are managed the Conservation Commission’s transferred 45 lighthouse properties sustainably. preparation of a revised forest and associated lands to the State. management plan for State forest. Twenty-nine of these were vested in the More than $8.7 million from a variety Conservation Commission and of funding sources was expended in the There are currently 190 leases issued managed by the Department, which purchase of approximately 888,000 ha for lands managed by the Department, will lease back operational lightstations of land with high conservation values including conservation reserves and to the Australian Maritime Safety that will eventually be incorporated State forest. The majority of leases are Authority. The Department continues into Western Australia’s protected area for the purposes of utilities, dams, to process the leases and arrange the reserve system. The majority of the gravel extraction, rubbish disposal, land vesting orders through the lands were purchased under the grazing or tourism, and recreation Department of Land Administration. Gascoyne-Murchison Rangelands facilities. During the year 12 strategy, funded by the State additional leases were granted, A total of 363 commercial tourism Government with support from the including one for a commercial radio licences were issued for the Commonwealth Government’s Natural broadcaster in Mandurah, and another conservation estate, with a further 49 Heritage Trust. for Western Australian Aboriginal applications assessed. This represents Media Association 6AR radio station at a 12% growth in the number of The conversion of State forest to Point Waylen in Alfred Cove. The tourism licences for the financial year. conservation reserves requires State Department also administered various Fifty-six are restricted and 307 Parliament to pass the State Forest lease assignments, amendments and unrestricted, with 107 marine-based Revocation and Reserves Bill. The sub-leases throughout the year. and 266 land-based. Department continues to progress the

28 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 3

A review of the licensing system was recommendations and development Interpretive activity programs were completed. This will lead to a change in guidelines were prepared for the Shark conducted in key areas for the licensing system to enable longer- Bay World Heritage Area. concentrations of visitors towards term unrestricted licences to be issued enriching their experience while to accredited tourism operators. A Native forest harvest and regeneration minimising visitor impacts and two-year research program into the plans and impact assessments were maximising understanding and support effects of commercial operations on prepared for 37 harvest coupes in the for sound management of our heritage. wildlife at Yardie Creek in Cape Range Southern Forest Region and six harvest All regions and districts provide National Park is currently being done. coupes in the Central Forest and Swan interpretive activities. Regular activity Forest regions. Plantation harvest and programs attract more than 300,000 Park Presentation and Resource establishment plans were prepared for participants. Major interpretive Protection the Ludlow Tuart Forest. activity programs were conducted at The Department aims to achieve high- Yanchep National Park, The Hills The visual landscape management quality visitor services and facilities Forest Discovery Centre, Perth system was updated and internal that are sustainably managed. Observatory and Penguin Island in the guidelines for native forest harvest and metropolitan area. Others were plantation management were revised Recreation and Tourism Assessment conducted at Geikie Gorge, Mirima and and reprinted. The visual land Reports and Master Plans were Purnululu national parks in the management database for the Swan, produced for a number of projects Kimberley, Valley of the Giants Central and Southern Forest regions including a recreation assessment for Summer Activities Program in the was reviewed and a process of South Peron Peninsula in Shark Bay south-west and Monkey Mia in the upgrading commenced. New and a roading review for Dryandra Midwest. technologies are being applied to Woodland in the Wheatbelt region. viewshed analysis and terrain The Perth Outdoors Paper promoting modelling in a pilot study in the Site development and/or concept plans guided activities, tours and attractions Wellington Forest. were completed for many projects was produced and distributed to around the State. These plans are popular outlets around Perth to Visitor Communication and stimulate the market for guided prepared to assist with funding Management applications and to enable capital activities within the metropolitan area. works projects to be undertaken. Plans It is the aim of the Department to were prepared for new interpretation improve the quality of experience of The nationally accredited Designing facilities at Pinnacles Desert in visitors and their understanding and Ecotour Interpretive Activities Nambung National Park. appreciation of wildlife conservation, Workshop was conducted at Monkey parks, forests and reserves. Mia by and for staff from the Documentation was also prepared for Department, the Monkey Mia Resort park headquarters in Karijini and Visitor communication planning is and from commercial tour operators Stirling Range National Parks, and new integral to the Department’s within the Shark Bay Marine Park. visitor facilities in Lesuer National management planning process, visitor Park, Leeuwin Naturaliste National signage and information displays, Significant support was provided to the Park, Cape Le Grande National Park interpretive activities and customer first National Interpretation Training and Korrelocking Nature Reserve. satisfaction surveys. Program ‘Fire in the Belly’ held in Fremantle. Field trips for project work Design and/or construction The Department’s Sign Design Studio were conducted in the Darling Range documentation drawings were prepared continued to meet regional needs for Regional Park at The Hills Forest for many projects around the State signs and displays for 110 projects Discovery Centre, Mundaring Weir and including the landscaping and parking including Port Kennedy Scientific Park John Forrest National Park. details for the Karijini Visitor Centre interpretation signs, Yanchep National Community Involvement and the new lookout and shelter at Park’s sign system, Western Shield Turquoise Bay in Cape Range National roadside signs for Moora District, The Department’s Community Park. interpretive signs for the Esperance Involvement Volunteer Program District Ramsar wetlands and the Cape continued to grow highlighting the Visual impact assessment, Le Grand National Park Office and generosity and support of the Western recommendations, guidelines and Coastal Trail. Risk and Dieback signs Australian community. The volunteers specialist advice was provided for continued to be in demand as part of involvement and interest in the numerous proposals during the year. the Department’s risk management environment saw a major increase in Landscape management program. the contribution made to the

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 29 OUTPUT 3 environment and the Department in Aboriginal people in the management, representative bodies including the the International Year of the Volunteer protection and interpretation of Goldfields Land Council, Yamatji Land 2001. protected areas. and Sea Council, Pilbara Native Title Services and Noongar Land Council. A There were 26 new projects created. The Indigenous Heritage Unit was liaison program about changes to State These include track stabilisation, established by the Department to focus forest and the creation of new national clean-up days and removing car bodies on the increasingly important area of parks arising from the RFA was with 4WD clubs, seed collection in the indigenous liaison and reconciliation. undertaken. Early discussions on joint Lake Bryde Recovery Catchment, a The unit provides people with the management of Yanchep National Park mountain bike study, Bushcare – opportunity to experience Aboriginal also commenced. regeneration, tree planting and seed heritage in the natural environment. It collecting, and a dolphin rescue service aims to provide training and Aboriginal heritage surveys were in Rockingham. The number of educational services to encourage the carried out in Kalbarri and Leeuwin- projects registered since inception of development of cultural heritage and Naturaliste national parks to avoid the volunteer program totals 391. tourism projects. The unit also aims to disturbance of registered sites by develop programs that have the roading and other capital works. Special emphasis has been placed on potential to provide employment wildlife carers to record and document opportunities for Aboriginal people. Business Management their previously under-reported The Department aims to ensure contribution to caring for Western The unit successfully transferred the activities are planned and implemented Australia’s native wildlife. operation of the Aboriginal cultural within a business management activities programs conducted at The framework, and that all proposed The Department continued projects Hills Forest Discovery Centre to a local projects with a commercial component with 4WD clubs to enhance the Aboriginal family business. Other have a business plan. landscape and make the environment Aboriginal people are being trained to cleaner and safer for current and future take over tourism partnerships The business unit of the Park Policy & generations. originally established with Captain Tourism Branch co-ordinates these Cook Cruises and the Western functions and the marketing of The Community Involvement Australian Maritime Museum. National Park Passes and liaison with Volunteer Program also continues to the tourism industry. The unit be a valuable source of opportunity for An Aboriginal cultural heritage developed a template for a business students to gain work experience. It education program is in the early plan and aims to assist all sections with provides a forum for teaching stages of development between a commercial component to produce conservation ethics, and provides an Yanchep National Park and Curtin their own five-year business plans. This avenue for the community to be University. will assist focus priorities and ensure involved with decision making in efficient allocation of capital funds to partnership with the Department. Attachment 10 of the Regional Forest planned projects. Draft business plans Agreement requires the Department to were prepared for the Monkey Mia Number of new volunteers for 2000-2001 1188 implement a number of initiatives Visitors Centre and the Kimberley Total of volunteers in the database 4499 aimed at improving its performance in Natural Eco-Centre at Broome. Number of new projects for 2000-2001 26 relation to Aboriginal affairs. Hours contributed 2000-2001 190,000 Aboriginal cultural awareness training There are now 38 retail outlets selling For the first time we have also courses were conducted for staff of the park passes resulting in an 18% increase included the volunteer contribution Department and Forest Products in sales of Annual Park Passes. made by the CALM Bush Ranger Commission. Two-day workshops were Cadets. held in Perth, Bunbury, Manjimup and The Department was also an exhibitor Goongarrie Station for 98 participants. at the Perth Caravan and Camping Number of CALM Bush Ranger cadets 800 Show, and through the WA Tourism Number of school units involved 21 Formal consultation was initiated with Commission and regional tourism Number of adult volunteers involved 80 Native Title Working Groups in the associations participated at all Hours contributed 105,600 south-west, the Aboriginal Affairs interstate caravan shows. Department, the Noongar Land Liaising and working with indigenous Council, the National Native Title people The Department’s major tourism Tribunal and other agencies. industry function – the 3rd Annual The aim of the Department is to Memoranda of Understanding were Tourism Industry Exchange develop effective partnerships with developed with several registered (CALMTIE) – saw more than 100

30 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 3 industry representatives participate in sustainable recreation and tourism walks still account for 70% of total presentations from the Department opportunities in natural areas; track usage. All surveys indicate that at and regional tourism representatives • acting as ‘research brokers’ by least 40% of walkers use off-track on 20 areas of lands and waters finding and allocating these studies accommodation during their walks and managed by the Department. The to tertiary students and/or faculty that this, along with spending on food, Exchange established itself as the members who are interested in transport and other services were principal forum in WA for nature-based pursuing a particular topic or field providing a real boost to regional tourism and was nominated as the of inquiry; economies. The survey also showed main event for WA at next year’s that walkers spent $160 to $250 per • assisting in the dissemination of International Year of Ecotourism year in Western Australia on specialist results of these studies to the events calendar. The event promotes hiking and camping gear. A Mundaring Department’s regions, districts and the responsible and sustainable use of trail use survey conducted in 2000 specialist units and to other conservation estate for tourism showed that there was an 88% interested parties. activities. awareness of the Bibbulmun Track among all trail users. More than 70 projects have been The Minister for the Environment and identified and are listed on the Heritage launched a web-based CD- The track also continues to receive very Department’s website NatureBase. A Rom ‘Be Touched by Nature’ – a joint high usage from non-commercial number of these projects are in venture by the Department, WATC and groups such as recreation clubs, progress or have been completed. WA’s 10 Regional Tourism Associations. scouts, school and other education The CD is a free tool to assist the Legislation and Policy for Parks and groups. It is proving to be a very tourism and travel industry to source Visitor Services valuable resource for the recreation the most accurate and up-to-date and education sectors. information on nature-based tourism The Department aims to achieve an opportunities. It assists them in efficient and effective legislative and Albany District managed a major track marketing the State. The CD, trialed at policy framework ensuring sustainable realignment around the Western Power the recent Australian Tourism use of all protected areas. windfarm site at Sandpatch, near Exchange with an extremely positive Albany, with labour provided by a response, is in great demand. Integrated regulations for visitor prison crew from Pardelup Prison management on all land tenures were Farm and Albany Worklink employees. The nature-based recreation and prepared. Amendments were proposed Eight hundred metres of boardwalk tourism cooperative research program to the CALM Act 1984 to provide a and several kilometres of gravel established by the Department in 1998 legislative basis for the management of hardened trail have created a continues to expand. This is a regional parks and the joint spectacular walk which should become partnership between Western management of lands with Aboriginal a major attraction in the area. Australia’s universities and the native titleholders. Department to promote and apply the Major improvements to the track and universities’ expertise and knowledge There is a continual review and update facilities in the past year include the in the social and environmental of existing policies impacting parks and addition of composting toilets in science areas on various field-based visitor services. sensitive stream zones and drinking recreation and tourism projects. Bibbulmun Track Project water catchments; a range of Students gain valuable field experience management and directional signs; and the Department benefits from the The Department continues to work preliminary works towards results of these studies. closely with the community and other replacement of a damaged suspension agencies, particularly the Ministry of bridge near Walpole; replacement of a A Reference Group, which facilitates Justice, in improving, maintaining and damaged shelter at Lake Maringup; the coordination of students and marketing the 963km Bibbulmun Track. improvement to drainage and projects, comprises academic staff from construction of duckboards in low- all the State universities as well as The number of walkers using the lying track sections; several small track Department staff. The main functions Bibbulmun Track continues to realignments to improve visitor safety, of the Reference Group are: increase. The Department assisted the environmental sustainability and • identifying potential research Friends of the Bibbulmun Track walker experience. Trailhead shelters studies of relevance and importance (FOBT) in a survey of members. It including informational and to the planning, development, found that day walks were the most interpretive displays have been management, monitoring, popular with respondents completing installed at all towns the track passes marketing and financing of on average five per-year but multi-day through.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 31 OUTPUT 3

Two projects aimed at enhancing The Department’s role in regional • a visitor survey of regional parks commercial tourism opportunities parks encompasses a number of facets was undertaken estimating total were a Bibbulmun Track Revenue including: visits to Department managed Generation Study and the development • the management of lands within estate at 1.33 million visits. Other of a Bibbulmun Track Approval and regional parks owned by the qualitative information on visitor Marketing Scheme by the Friends of Western Australian Planning preferences was also collected. The the Bibbulmun Track. The aims of the Commission, which were formerly results of the study are summarised scheme are to ensure that track visitors managed by the Ministry for Planning; in the Visitor Information and enjoy consistently high standards of Statistics Section. • the management of reserves vested experience, to minimise environmental in the Recreation Camps and impact on the track through education Regional Services Reserve Board formerly managed by service providers and to help service by Sport and Recreation Western The Department’s nine regions have providers maximise tourism opportunities, Australia; and entered into Service Provider raise product standards and benefits Agreements with the Director of Parks, from free and cooperative marketing. • the responsibility for coordinating the management of regional parks. Recreation Planning and Tourism to provide the full range of management, A work crew from Karnet Prison Farm This involves the preparation of maintenance and development services completed important erosion control management plans for each of the required to effectively and efficiently and repair work on sections of the parks and ensuring an integrated implement actions under the Bibbulmun Track in the Mt Dale management approach to works Recreation and Visitor Services Output. Conservation Park. FOBT now has within the parks. Highlights from the regions include: more than 2,000 members and 500 registered volunteers. Apart from track Community advisory committees for Kimberley: Campground hosts have maintenance, volunteers also engage in each of the regional parks have been been stationed at Purnululu National office and guiding activities. established. They comprise a range of people from local communities who are Park, Wolfe Creek Meteorite Crater Reserve and the King Edward River The planning and development of a capable of advocating on behalf of the Campsite to provide advice to visitors long-distance off-road bicycle trail is various stakeholders, including and help with facility maintenance. currently under way by the conservationists, scientists, friends Department’s Bibbulmun Track office. groups, recreational users and other Following gazettal of the area as a Starting in Mundaring the trail will park visitors. national park, a ranger position was eventually go as far as Albany, although established to assist visitors, liaise with the first stage of detailed planning ends During the past 12 months, the the traditional owners and provide at Collie. Using a combination of funds Department consolidated the management input in this remote area. from a Lotteries Trailswest grant, management of the eight regional Alcoa, local government and RFA, parks, including the following actions: Many recreation facilities and roads planning work has been completed to • preparation of two draft were badly damaged and needed repair identify detailed alignments in the management plans for Yellagonga following heavy rain and flooding in Mundaring to Collie section. Extensive Regional Park and Herdsman Lake the region. consultations have been undertaken on Regional Park; a range of issues with stakeholders and • the Jervoise Bay Conservation and Pilbara: The Karijini Visitor Centre agencies. Water quality and supply, Recreation Enhancement Plan was opened in June and will provide a focal forestry, mining, environmental prepared which will guide works to point for visitors to the park. It will aid protection, conservation, mountain enhance and upgrade the the development of a wide range of biking, local government and general conservation value and access for cultural and nature-based tourism recreation interests were represented. the public to Woodman Point products and services by the traditional The first section is due for completion Regional Park and, Mt Brown and owners of Karijini. in mid 2002. Brownman Swamps in Beeliar Regional Park; Regional Parks The Ministry of Justice prisoner work • continued and significant capital camp at Millstream-Chichester Perth’s regional parks - Yellagonga, improvements such as the National Park continued to provide a Herdsman Lake, Canning River, construction of shared paths. valuable park maintenance role, while Woodman Point, Beeliar, Jandakot, Major weed control and the Australian Trust for Conservation Rockingham Lakes and Darling Range rehabilitation plantings also Volunteers assisted with the - comprise close to 50,000 ha of urban occurred in accordance with Weed development and maintenance of bush and parkland. and Rehabilitation Plans; and several other sites in the Pilbara.

32 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 3

Planning for improved mooring and undertaken at John Forrest, Serpentine Joint planning is underway for the boat launching facilities was completed and Walyunga national parks. Leschenault Peninsula Conservation and implementation has commenced at Park with the South-West Coral Bay in the Nugala Marine Park. The Hills Forest Activity Centre catered Development Commission. New for 18,000 students and 10,000 facilities will be provided at the John Midwest: The Monkey Mia Visitor participants in interpretation activities. Boyle O’Reilly Interpretation Centre. Centre opened and boardwalks and other minor capital works items were The Dryandra Woodland Ecology Southern Forest: The Tree Top Walk constructed in the Shark Bay World Course won the Award in the continued to operate as a successful Heritage Area, Nambung National Education and Training Section of the tourist attraction generating Park, Kalbarri National Park and Heartlands Tourism Assocation Awards. significant economic benefits to the Badgingarra National Park. local community by way of direct and Wheatbelt: Stage one of the indirect employment outcomes. Traditional owners were consulted in construction of an animal viewing relation to developments in Kalbarri facility at Dryandra Woodland was Improvements to visitor facilities were and Nambung National Parks with the completed, along with a road upgrade completed at Mt Chudalup, Point assistance of the Yamatji Land and Sea and the installation of walk signs in the D’Entrecasteaux and Beedelup Falls. Council. woodland. Visitor facilities were also Upgrading work has commenced at upgraded at Totadgin, Yorkrakine and Warren National Park. Planning and liaison continued with Korrelocking Nature Reserves. shack owners at Wedge and Grey, north Extensive consultation and planning of Perth, and a draft management plan There was resolution of an outstanding was undertaken for the development of for the Turquoise Coast Island Nature commitment to transfer Mooranoppin new parks and tourist facilities Reserves was prepared. Nature Reserve to local Aboriginal associated with the RFA and the group in recognition of the important implementation of the Government’s Goldfields: The region completed cultural heritage values of the area and ‘Protecting Our Old Growth Forest’ construction of public amenities and the long-standing aspirations of policy. an interpretive shelter at the Kalgoorlie Aboriginal people with connections to Arboretum. The interpretation shelter the land. South Coast: New facilities were panels were completed using corporate developed in Torndirrup, Fitzgerald, sponsorship from Delta Gold and Assistance was provided to a local Cape Le Grand and Stokes national involved interpreting and explaining community group to develop a walk parks as well as Woody Island and Two biogeographical regions of the Goldfields trail at Wongan Hills Nature Reserve. Peoples Bay nature reserves. using original artwork. An additional 700m of dual use path was installed at Central Forest: Visitor risk management Successful negotiations with the Arboretum in partnership with the systems continue to be applied with Gnowangerup Aboriginal Corporation City of Kalgoorlie-Boulder. particular reference being paid to cliffs, will result in cultural tours being water bodies and visitor attractions. offered in the Stirling Range National Existing recreation sites were Park in spring 2001. maintained with upgrades at Cave Hill The Cape to Cape walk track was Nature Reserve (signs and access) and opened in the Leeuwin-Naturaliste The Bibbulmun Track was re-aligned Goongarrie pastoral lease (signs and National Park. One hundred and fifty and upgraded to cater for the estimated facilities). members of the Friends of the Cape to 100,000 visitors to the Western Power Cape maintain the track. Also the windfarm who will walk along the Swan: Yanchep National Park ownership of the Cape Leeuwin and upgraded section of the track. continues to be redeveloped in Cape Naturaliste lighthouses conjunction with leaseholders. The transferred from the Commonwealth The South Coast Eco-Adventure park’s Aboriginal cultural heritage to the State Government for Voyage – a partnership between the program continued to evolve and the incorporation into the park. Department and the Tall Ship STS relationships with the traditional Leeuwin gained international owners and other stakeholders A trainee ranger with Noongar heritage recognition by winning the British – strengthened. is now positioned at Ellensbrook a Airways Tourism for Tomorrow Awards historic site leased from the National for the South West Pacific Region. The The Serpentine National Park Trust. Aboriginal cultural information award recognises organisations that Management Plan was released and and interpretive activities are also have made positive contributions to the several improvements to facilities were being developed.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 33 OUTPUT 3 natural, cultural environment through tourism projects. Students can gain Recreation & Tourism Information sensitive environment tourism. valuable field experience and the System (RATIS), providing an effective and efficient means of collating and Training Department can benefit from the results of these studies. storing visitor use monitoring data and During the year, Departmental staff visitor feedback form results. conducted two week long training A Reference Group that facilitates the Visitor Use Monitoring courses on recreation planning and coordination of students and projects management in natural areas for now comprises academic staff from the The visitor use monitoring program recent field officer recruits and other five West Australian Universities as well continued, with 226 sites monitored by CALM staff at the Ministry for Sport as CALM staff. Associate Professor traffic classifiers and counters, and Recreation’s Point Walter Ross Dowling of Edith Cowan observation surveys and ticket sales in Conference Centre. Staff also presented University is the chairperson of the national parks, State forest areas and lectures on various aspects of Group. The main functions of the reserves throughout the State. Sixty- recreation resource planning and Reference Group are to: eight new sites were added to the management and landscape design to number of data collection sites. students at Curtin, Edith Cowan and • identify potential research studies However, many of these contributed Murdoch Universities. of relevance and importance to the only marginally to the overall total planning, development, annual figures, as most of these new Tread Lightly! Australia and Track management, monitoring, sites are part of numerous small Care WA marketing and financing of reserves in remote areas with limited CALM organised and hosted a one-day sustainable recreation and tourism access and use. workshop with representatives from opportunities in natural areas; the WA 4WD Association and member The total visitation to CALM-managed • act as ‘research brokers’ by finding clubs at the Hills Forest Activity Centre lands and waters throughout the State and allocating these studies to in May. The main aim of the workshop during the year was 9.7 million visits. tertiary students and/or faculty was to acknowledge and discuss the While this represents a significant members who are interested in Association’s ongoing involvement in increase as compared to the previous pursuing a particular topic or field track restoration and other year’s 8.9 million visits, this is due to of inquiry; and environmental rehabilitation projects the inclusion of visitation figures for Perth’s eight regional parks. Elsewhere and associated issues relating to the • assist in disseminating the results in the State, visitation to CALM- provision and management of four of these studies to CALM’s regions, managed lands and waters declined by wheel driving opportunities. The districts and specialist units and to approximately half a million to 8.4 Department also participated in the other interested parties. annual WA 4WD Show and staff in a million visits. This decrease appears to be associated with various factors number of centres continued to More than 70 projects have been including increased fuel costs, promote the tread lightly message and identified and are listed on CALM’s introduction of the Goods and Services to actively work with the WA 4WD website NatureBase. A number of these Tax, the Sydney Olympic Games and Association and Track Care WA on projects are already in progress or extreme weather patterns in several various track rehabilitation projects completed. primarily in the south-west of the regions, which restrict visitor access to State. Visitor Information and Statistics a number of parks and reserves.

Nature-Based Recreation and The way in which visitor feedback and Total visits to CALM-managed Lands Tourism Research visitor use monitoring across CALM- and Waters (excluding regional parks) managed lands and waters are recorded Year No. Data Total No. The nature-based recreation and within the Department’s Visitor collection visits tourism cooperative research program Information and Statistics (VISTAT) sites (million) established by the Department in 1998 Program was streamlined during the 1996–1997 137 6.4 continues to expand. This is a year. The aim of the VISTAT Program is 1997–1998 144 8.1 partnership between Western to provide accurate information on 1998–1999 149 8.7 Australia’s universities and CALM to visitor use, needs and expectations and 1999–2000 158 8.9 promote and apply the universities’ on levels and patterns of use 2000–2001 226 8.4 expertise and knowledge in the social throughout CALM-managed lands and and environmental sciences areas on waters. VISTAT and Visitor Survey As indicated, the VISTAT Program was various field-based recreation and databases were developed within the extended this year to include the eight

34 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 3 regional parks managed by the • The most regular activities Visitor Feedback Form Department. A number of observation undertaken in the parks are The revised customer satisfaction and survey sessions were conducted walking, walking the dog and survey methodology developed in the across 17 key recreation sites within jogging, followed by bike riding and previous year is now fully operational the eight regional parks, to give a total fishing. with the new questionnaire form in use estimate of over 1.3 million visits to • 63% of users gave a rating of 6 or 7 throughout the Department. These these parks during 2000-2001. on a rating scale from 1 (extremely surveys are crucial in assessing visitor displeased) to 7 (extremely pleased) needs and expectations as well as Regional Park Total No. when describing how pleased they satisfaction with recreation and visits were with their visit. tourism facilities and services. 2000-2001 • 95% of users would recommend The visitor survey program was Beeliar 72,193 the parks to other people. undertaken at 21 national parks and Canning River 107,367 • 70% of visitors live within the other recreation areas throughout the Darling Range 237,239 immediate area of the parks, with Herdsman 153,525 State during the year. The survey another 26% being from the Perth Jandakot 4,434 results were collated in individual metropolitan area (as opposed to a Rockingham Lakes 67,874 reports specific for each recreation area local user). Woodman Point 500,751 where the survey was conducted. The Yellagonga 192,686 • 12% were first time visitors to the survey provides feedback from visitors’ Total 1,336,069 parks, with the remaining 88% regarding the management of these being repeat visitors, of which 34% areas, their overall level of satisfaction A total of 767 interviews were visited weekly. during their visit, their main purpose completed across the eight parks. • 60% of users where visiting the of visit and the activities undertaken. Parks with friends/family, and 38% This information aids in the planning The main findings of the survey were were unaccompanied. and management of these recreation as follows: areas by providing vital information for • The largest proportion of site planning and design, visitor • The greatest response given for – respondents were in the 40 59 year communications, business and using the parks was for exercise age bracket (41%) followed by the marketing plans and performance and fitness (30%). – 25 39 year age group (33%). evaluation.

Performance Measures Output 3

2000–2001 2000–2001 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual

Quantity Visits to sites managed 9,200,000 9,7000,000 Net increase mainly reflects inclusion for the first time of visitors to the eight Perth regional parks, partly offset by a reduction in visitors to other parks due to uncontrollable external factors eg. fuel costs, flooding in some regions.

Quality Mean level of visitor satisfaction 85% 83% with their visit overall

Timeliness Visitor services/activities delivered 100% 100% within advertised timefames

Cost Average cost per visit $3.66 $3.99

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 35 OUTPUT 4 OUTPUT 4: ASTRONOMICAL SERVICES

HIGHLIGHTS The yearly attendance for daytime Formal education activities provided by guided tours and Sunday daytime the Observatory included the • Record attendance at Star guided tours totalled 2,522 and 782 continuation of a second-year practical Viewing Nights. respectively. Visitors’ satisfaction astronomy course at Curtin University. • Formal opening of the new remained high as in previous years Three students were also supervised in ‘Millennium Telescope with more than 98% both satisfied with their research projects including a Building’. their visit and with the educational Summer Studentship involved tracking • Incorporation of Perth quality of the services in which they asteroids and comets and a project to Observatory volunteer group. participated. characterise the stability of the atmospheric conditions at Bickley. • Significant scientific Public awareness of the Observatory publication in the prestigious also remains high. In 2000–2001 the Imaging the disintegration of Comet C/ US journal Science. number of people who visited, phoned 2001 S4 (LINEAR) in August 2000 was • One new asteroid discovered. for information (14,510 calls), attended the scientific highlight of the year. This talks or attended an astronomy field work augmented that by overseas OUTCOME night, increased to more than 31,144 collaborators and resulted in a (24,200 in 1999–2000). Our 2001 significant scientific publication in the Astronomical information and services ‘Under the Stars’ Summer Lecture by prestigious US journal Science. for the benefit of the Community. Professor Don Campbell on the latest Brightness monitoring and imaging of OUTPUT DESCRIPTION developments in Solar System radar other comets has also continued, and astronomy was attended by more than Observatory observations aided the Providing public information and 220 people. Also, Observatory staff identification of two new comets. awareness directly beneficial to the informed the public of astronomical Western Australian community, and events in 88 radio, nine television The gravitational lens monitoring with contributing to scientific research in interviews and 74 newspaper articles. the PLANET collaboration with astronomy by co-operating with European, US, South African and national and international institutions Astronomy services were also delivered Tasmanian astronomers has continued in the acquisition, analysis, off the Observatory site to rural and with the sensitive electronic camera interpretation and dissemination of metropolitan areas. Staff provided donated by the University of Ohio USA information. telescope viewing at many schools and last year. This collaboration published actively participated in the Western three papers of significant Star Viewing nights continue to be the Australian Astrofest. In total, more astrophysical importance in this period main focus of the education/public than 4,676 people viewed the stars with and has also extended to the study of access programmes at Perth Observatory telescopes transported to the enigmatic cosmic explosions called Observatory. These are very popular their locality for one of 23 ‘astronomy gamma ray bursts. with the public and a new annual field nights’ conducted during the attendance record of 5,120 was financial year. Asteroid 2001 AH2 was discovered by achieved with a new record monthly the 10 inch Mike Candy Telescope attendance of 946 set in March 2001. The Perth Observatory volunteer group (MCT). The MCT recommenced These records were assisted by the use achieved a major milestone in February tracking asteroids and comets after of a new building to house the 16-inch 2001 when it became an incorporated relocation to the enclosure that Meade telescope, the largest body. This should enable it to raise formerly housed the UWA 16-inch instrument used in the Star Viewing funds and contribute even more telescope. This new housing permits night programme. The new building significantly in its partnership with the greater access to the sky than was was formally opened in August 2000 Observatory. Volunteer assistance previously available to this telescope and named the ‘Millennium Telescope contributed the equivalent of 1.2 full- and 520 asteroid and comet positions Building’. time staff members in 2000–2001. have been forwarded to the

36 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 4

International Astronomical Union in Hubble Space Telescope observations Lowell Telescope tracking camera, the current financial year. This is a undertaken by collaborators at completed last year, has been up to significant improvement in University of Cincinnati, Department of expectation and long exposures with productivity over past years. The Physics. the best locally attainable image quality publication of 274 and 14 individual are routinely acquired. observations of asteroids and comets, Brightness monitoring of stars has also respectively, highlighted the usefulness been enhanced by the development and These achievements were possible as a of the observations conducted. commissioning of a new pulse result of the on-going hard work, counting photometer system built and creativity and dedication of the The MCT has also observed young programmed by the Observatory’s Observatory’s full-time and volunteer solar-type stars in support of the technical staff. Performance of the staff.

Performance Measures Output 4 2000–2001 2000–2001 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual Quantity Tour visitors. 9,100 8,424 Enquiries. 18,000 22,720 Higher than expected level of public interest in astronomy. Refereed scientific papers. 5 5 Quality Positive responses to ‘quality’ 99% 99% measures in customer surveys. Submitted research papers published 100% 100% in international refereed journals. Timeliness Satisfaction of information 95% 99% requests as they occur. Timely publication of research 100% 100% papers in international refereed journals. Effective study of astronomical targets 50% 63% Increased telescope capacity. of opportunity as they occur.

Cost Cost per tour visitor. $13.50 $15.66 Fixed nature of many costs and uncontrollable factors (eg. inclement weather) reducing scheduled tour visitor numbers.

Cost per enquiry. $28.70 $23.15 Fixed nature of many costs and increased number of enquiries.

Cost of research activities per $70,110 $70,416 refereed research paper. Cost of research activities per $184 $191 1,000 head of WA population.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 37 GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION

WHAT STANDARD OF SERVICE CAN OUR CUSTOMERS EXPECT?

While fulfilling our conservation and More specifically, our customers can 4 A contact name, address and land management responsibilities, expect that: telephone number will be given in CALM places a great deal of all correspondence for future importance on community and 4 CALM staff will be well trained, enquiries. Where it is not possible customer relations. We aim to increase competent and helpful; will wear to respond to correspondence our customer focus and provide a name badges when in direct contact fully, an acknowledgement will be range of services that meet customer with the community; and will sent, advising of the current needs. Our customers can expect: identify themselves by name when situation and when a reply may be answering the telephone. expected. 4 positive, courteous and friendly service; 4 Requests for information or 4 Brochures and other information assistance will be met directly or materials will be easily 4 competent and efficient referred to the appropriate person understandable, accurate and assistance; for answering as soon as possible. up-to-date.

4 timely and accurate information; 4 Telephone calls to our main offices 4 Recreational facilities in national, and will be answered on average within conservation and marine parks, six rings. Telephone messages will reserves and State forests will be 4 confidentiality where commercially normally be returned by the next well maintained and kept clean. sensitive issues are concerned. business day.

The Department is in the portfolio of REGIONAL ACTIVITIES estimated figures) to CALM-managed the Minister for the Environment and lands and waters, drawn from interstate CALM is committed to regionalisation. Heritage and is headed by an Executive and overseas as well as from all over There are nine regions which, Director. Western Australia, are largely in their according to the intensity of activity, hands. Regional staff are also responsible are subdivided into districts. In keeping with the varied interests of for the conservation of native flora and Accordingly, the Department is spread CALM there is also a Corporate fauna within regional boundaries. over many locations. The map shows Executive, which consists of seven CALM regional boundaries and the directors working with and reporting Regional managers have a significant location of regional offices, as well as to the Executive Director. Regional, degree of autonomy. Each is responsible the types of lands and waters the branch and other specialist officers under corporate direction for Department manages. often attend meetings of the Corporate developing the region’s annual works Executive. program, and for managing the Management structures are in place at region’s budget allocation. Liaison with nine regional, 18 district and six local The Department gives responsibility to local groups, especially Aboriginal offices. Within the regions there are communities, other Government its staff whenever possible, depending national park rangers at 32 other on skills and potential. Provided there locations, and a district wildlife officer agencies and the community in general, is opportunity, there is no impediment and a senior operations officer at one is extensive. There are often advisory to the progress of a capable individual other. committees established with a focus on in the organisation. parts of CALM-managed lands and Because of community concern for waters. The committees make input The detailed structure of divisions, protection of the natural environment into the preparation of management regions and branches is shown in and an increasing desire to experience plans and, after their approval, advise Figure 1. The names and qualifications its values, the roles of regional on management. It is mostly the of the officers occupying senior managers and their staff are most regional managers and their staff who positions are shown on the page important. Satisfactory experiences for are responsible for this important opposite the figure. the 9.7 million visits (2000–2001 interface with the local community.

38 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 GENERAL INFORMATION

SPECIALIST AND SERVICE CUSTOMER FOCUS 2000–2001 ACTIVITIES Everyone knows when they’ve received good customer service: it leaves you CALM’s operations are directed by the feeling positive about the experience; it is often delivered by staff who are Corporate Executive and supported by down to earth and helpful; it is polite, often casual, and always efficient. specialist and service staff. Their Our Customer Service Charter is currently under review and will be updated responsibilities are as follows: and re-written in the coming year. During 2000 – 2001, CALM continued to take steps to improve its customer service, including: CALMScience Division provides up-to- 4 providing new training to increase staff skills in public participation and date, scientifically sound information community relations, and continuing to provide training to increase staff to uphold effective conservation and skills in customer service, in understanding what customers want, and in land management in Western Australia. using customer feedback to provide responsive services; Three science groups address CALM’s 4 creating more opportunities to work in partnership with the community scientific needs: to discriminate and and other agencies on a range of conservation and land management document the biota, ecological issues; and processes and biological resources of 4 creating new, and upgrading existing parks and visitor facilities, and by the State; to conserve threatened constructing these facilities where possible to allow their use by people species and ecological communities by with disabilities. minimising inimical processes; and to CALMpeople Services Branch provides Information Management Branch ensure that lands, waters and biological strategic planning, policy development plans, coordinates and implements resources are used sustainably. and formulation, advice and CALM’s information systems support, coordination in the management of and is responsible for corporate Perth Observatory is a group within the Department’s people. Services are document and records management. CALMScience. It has three astronomy- provided by the Branch in the The Branch maintains CALM’s based core functions: research, functional areas of personnel, payroll, Geographic Information System, and information services and educational labour relations, training and provides a land-related information services. development, and risk management. service. Environmental Protection Branch Strategic Development and Corporate Management Audit Branch reports to prepares guidelines and procedures for the Executive Director, providing Affairs Division is responsible for protection from dieback, weeds and audits of management systems to corporate planning and organisational feral animals, evaluates mining and advise on their effectiveness, efficiency, development, and internal and external development proposals, and advises on economy and compliance with communications, marketing, rehabilitation of CALM-managed lands advertising and community education. and waters, and on environmental legislation, policies and procedures. The Division initiates, develops and protection generally. implements communication strategies Marine Conservation Branch provides to address major issues of conservation Financial Services Branch provides policy, strategic and scientific advice for marine conservation and and land management, produces advice to operational managers on purchasing and fleet management, management, and advises marine publications, displays and multimedia manages accounts receivable and reserves planning teams. productions, designs and stages special accounts payable processes and asset events, coordinates CALM’s media records, coordinates remote area Park Policy and Tourism Branch activities, provides the community with housing, consolidates Department develops policies and strategies for an information service, and coordinates budgets, maintains core financial recreation and tourism, including internal communication and develops software that is shared by all parts of business development, leases and and implements school and experience- the Department, and produces licences, external funding and based education programs. management, tax and statutory reports. community involvement. It coordinates policies and programs concerning Forest Management Branch carries out CALMfire sets fire management Aboriginal and other special interests, resource inventories, disease mapping, standards, coordinates the preparation and visitor research and surveys. and implementation of fire prevention and database maintenance for the Department’s Sustainable Forest and suppression plans, provides Planning and Visitor Services Branch Management output and the Forest detection, communications, aircraft, incorporates land administration, Products Commission. It maintains fire trucks and equipment and other management plans, recreation corporate resource information and GIS fire support services, and conducts planning and design, landscape databases relating to forest areas in the training. management, and visitor south-west and prepares strategic interpretation. resource plans.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 39 GENERAL INFORMATION

Threatened Species and Communities include the fully accessible new visitor Grant/funding programs provide a Unit coordinates and assists with centres at Monkey Mia in the Shark major source of financial support for Departmental programs for threatened Bay World Heritage Area and at the Department. The majority of species and communities, including Karijini National Park. Work was also Commonwealth funding is supplied preparation and implementation of completed on the construction of a through grant programs under the recovery plans. wheelchair accessible boardwalk and umbrella of the Natural Heritage Trust. viewing platform at Turquoise Bay in The Trust provides grants for Wildlife Branch develops policies and Cape Range National Park. A new car environmental, natural resources and provides information and advice on park, picnic shelter and wheelchair sustainable agricultural programs. It is wildlife protection and management accessible path and boardwalk administered jointly by Environment throughout the State, administers providing views of Beedelup Falls were Australia (EA) and Agriculture, wildlife licences and permits, enforces completed at Beedelup National Park Fisheries and Forestry Australia the Wildlife Conservation Act and near Pemberton. Further south in the (AFFA). Programs fall under a ‘one- Regulations, maintains and manages D’Entrecasteaux National Park, the stop-shop package’ which includes databases on wildlife resources and development of the Pt D’Entrecasteaux most of the terrestrial programs conservation status, and ensures area was completed with the (including Bushcare, National Reserve compliance with legislation and licence construction of parking areas, toilets, System, Wetlands, Farm Forestry) and conditions. wheelchair accessible trails and the Coast and Clean Seas initiative viewing platforms, offering spectacular (including Coastcare and Marine CALM DISABILITY SERVICES views of this section of the coastline. Species Protection). The Department is The Department’s first Disability In the metropolitan area, lead agency for several of these Service Plan covered the period 1996 to redevelopment of the Lake McNess programs and for these has the 2000. The focus of the first plan was to precinct of Yanchep National Park responsibility of administering other ensure, where possible, that the continues, with the recent opening of State Government and community provision of universal access became new tearooms that are fully accessible. projects. The life of the Trust, which standard practice when planning for was to conclude in 2001-2002, has now new facilities, buildings and An access audit of the information on been extended although how it will information. In August 2000, the NatureBase is being planned, using operate is yet to be determined. Department’s Corporate Executive software that will scan pages and Important support is also received from endorsed preparation of a new identify sections that require other Commonwealth sources, which Disability Service Plan for the period remediation. An access consultant was include Cooperative Research Centres, 2001-2006. Developed in consultation also employed by the Department to Rural Industries Research and with people with disabilities, the plan conduct an independent access audit of Development Corporation (RIRDC) and was endorsed by Corporate Executive visitor facilities at Matilda Bay Reserve, the Department of Industry, Science & in March 2001. The outcomes of the the Hills Forest Discovery Centre near Resources (DISR). new plan have been written to reflect a Mundaring, Penguin Island and at focus on improving access to existing Yanchep National Park. This audit In 2000-2001 Commonwealth funding buildings, facilities, information and program has revealed that most of the totalled $11.96 million. public participation mechanisms. The existing facilities at these four Commonwealth Funding plan has been published on NatureBase locations are universally accessible and and can be accessed through the comply with existing access standards, Year Amount (million $) Register of Disability Discrimination although some minor remediation Act Action Plans on the Human Rights work is required. 1995–1996 4.80 and Equal Opportunity Commission 1996–1997 5.14 External Funding 1997–1998 8.67 website. 1998–1999 9.71 This report focuses mainly on revenue 1999–2000 7.55 The Department has continued to to the Department from 2000–2001 11.96 improve visitor and recreation Commonwealth and State Government facilities, services, programs and grant/funding programs, sponsorship Programs receiving funds from information to make them as accessible and donations. Other operating previous year include the National as possible, so that people with revenue (including royalties and Reserve System, Bushcare and disabilities and their families can use timber sales, national parks and Endangered Species, and Department and enjoy the State’s natural areas. recreation) are detailed elsewhere in of Industry, Science and Resources Notable developments during the year the report. (DISR) support for the Karijini Visitor Centre.

40 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 GENERAL INFORMATION

Park and Walpole-Nornalup National Systems (funding Kalgoorlie It should be noted that the above Park. CVA crews also assisted the Arboretum rubbish deposal) and figure includes several programs and/ Department with rehabilitation works in Apache Energy. The Western Shield or projects for which the Department the Esperance and Mornington districts. campaign received major support from is a joint proponent. Cable Sands (WA) Pty Ltd, Iluka The BankWest LANDSCOPE Visa card Resources, Westralian Sands Pty Ltd, State Government support continued raised approximately $14,000 for Alcoa World Alumina Australia and with recurrent funding being provided endangered species and ecological Tiwest Joint Venture. through the Salinity Action Plan communities conservation. Projects ($4.65 million). Main Roads Western funded during the year included the Another important contribution to the Australia ($2 million) and management printing of 11 critically endangered Department is through numerous of Perth’s Regional Parks ($2.35 plant posters and radio-tracking of small donations, either of cash or in- million). CALM also received support dibblers in the Fitzgerald River kind, from all sectors of the through the Gascoyne/Murchison National Park. community. Examples include Strategy for targeted land acquisition assistance with carting materials to ($1.2 million). The Department of The Department continued to receive offshore islands, the use of specialised Commerce and Trade and the Pilbara valued support through corporate tools, donation collection boxes, Development Commission both sponsorship for conservation, relocation of animals and assistance provided funds for the newly opened education and infrastructure projects. with biological surveys. Karijini Visitor Centre. Ongoing sponsors include BP (funding for the feasibility and management of The Friends of the Bibbulmun Track The Green Corps Grant Program tree plantations to create carbon sinks continued to strongly support the administered by Conservation as an offset to the company’s Department in meeting its Volunteers Australia (CVA) continued greenhouse gases), Kanowna Belle management obligations for the to provide support for high priority Gold Mines (funding Kalgoorlie Bibbulmun Track. Their sponsors conservation projects. Work was Arboretum upgrade), Edison Mission include AlphaWest 6, BP, Mountain conducted in the Lake Warden Energy Company (funding Leda Nature Design and the Lotteries Commission. catchment, Cape Le Grand National Reserve conservation), SITA-BFI Waste

PUBLIC SECTOR STANDARDS AND CODE OF CONDUCT COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

In the administration of the Department Policies and supporting procedures are in A monitoring review undertaken by the of Conservation and Land Management, I the CALMpeople Manual, which, like the Public Sector Standards Commission in have complied with the Public Sector Code of Conduct is accessible to most staff August/September 2000 found that the Standards in Human Resource on-line via the organisation’s intranet. Hard Department’s performance in complying Management, the Western Australian copy or CD-ROM versions can be made with the standards is satisfactory and no Public Sector Code of Ethics and the Code available to those staff in remote areas that evidence of non-compliance was found in of Conduct. have difficulty accessing the intranet at any of the standards. Some suggestions present. to enhance existing policies were made The Department of Conservation and Land as a result of the review, and some minor Management has adopted guidelines and Individual managers are responsible for amendments to Conservation and Land processes supporting the public sector ensuring compliance with the Departmental Management policies and procedures standards in human resource policies and the Code of Conduct, with the occurred as a consequence. management. I am pleased to say that Manager, CALMpeople Services Branch there were no applications lodged for undertaking a monitoring and advisory role. The CALM Code of Conduct is made review of process in respect of any of the In addition, staff in Workforce Services and available to all new staff through a Standards during 2000-2001. Planning section monitor all transactions comprehensive Induction package for recruitment, selection and appointment, accessible on the intranet. The Code, In 1999-2000 the Performance secondment, transfer, temporary formulated in 1997, has been reviewed and Management policy was reviewed and new deployment, redeployment and amended during 2000-2001. policy and procedures put in place to performance management to ensure ensure full compliance with the standard. current Departmental policy is adhered to. A comprehensive new performance Staff in the Employee Relations section are management system (IDAPES) has been responsible for termination and disciplinary implemented within the Department to cases, and grievance resolution is Keiran McNamara ensure staff are able to maximise their monitored by the HR Policy and Diversity ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR potential and organisational objectives can Consultant. 30 August 2001 be met.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 41 GENERAL INFORMATION

FIGURE 1 ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE ...... MINISTER ......

CONSERVATION MARINE PARKS MARINE PARKS COMMISSION OF AND RESERVES AND RESERVES WESTERN AUTHORITY SCIENTIFIC AUSTRALIA ADVISORY COMMITTEE

......

MANAGEMENT ...... EXECUTIVE AUDIT DIRECTOR ......

DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR SUSTAINABLE CORPORATE STRATEGIC NATURE PARKS AND CALMSCIENCE REGIONAL FOREST SERVICES DEVELOPMENT CONSERVATION VISITOR SERVICES ...... MANAGEMENT AND SERVICES ...... CORPORATE ...... AFFAIRS ......

FINANCIAL PROGRAMS AND WILDLIFE PARK POLICY BIODIVERSITY PILBARA FOREST SERVICES PUBLICATIONS AND TOURISM CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL KIMBERLEY EDIA CALMPEOPLE M PROTECTION PLANNING AND BIOLOGICAL ELATIONS AND SERVICES R VISITOR INFORMATION WHEATBELT ROMOTION P MARINE SERVICES NFORMATION I CONSERVATION FORESTS AND MIDWEST CO DUCATION ANAGEMENT E -E M TREE CROPS OLDFIELDS E MEDIA THREATENED G SPECIES AND ASTRONOMICAL ARKETING AND OUTH OAST M COMMUNITIES UNIT SERVICES S C CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTRAL FOREST

SOUTHERN FOREST

SWAN

CALMFIRE

42 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 GENERAL INFORMATION

CORPORATE EXECUTIVE MANAGER, BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION GROUP (as of 30 June 2001) K D Morris BSc, MSc

MANAGER, BIOLOGICAL INFORMATION GROUP EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR N G Marchant BSc (Hons), PhD W Cox BSc, PhD MANAGER, CALMfire DIRECTOR, REGIONAL SERVICES R Sneeuwjagt BSc, MSc A W Walker BSc For (Hons) MANAGER, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION BRANCH Vacant DIRECTOR, NATURE CONSERVATION G J Wyre* B Nat Res (Hons) MANAGER, FINANCIAL SERVICES BRANCH M J Neilson BA, MAcc, CPA DIRECTOR, PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES MANAGER, FORESTS AND TREE CROPS GROUP J R Sharp B Ed, Dip PE, M Ed J F McGrath BSc (Hons), PhD

DIRECTOR, SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT MANAGER, FOREST MANAGEMENT BRANCH K J McNamara* B Nat Res (Hons) M Rayner BSc For (Hons), PhD

MANAGER, CALMpeople SERVICES BRANCH DIRECTOR, CALMScience C W Gillam BA (Hons), MA, PG Dip Bus, AFAHRI N D Burrows BSc For, PhD MANAGER, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH DIRECTOR, CORPORATE SERVICES C J Pearce BSc (Hons), PhD J C Byrne MBA, PhD, FCPA MANAGER, MANAGEMENT AUDIT BRANCH DIRECTOR, STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT P Jones BSc For AND CORPORATE AFFAIRS MANAGER, MARINE CONSERVATION BRANCH R A Kawalilak BA, FPRIA C J Simpson B App Sci (Biol), G Dip Nat Res, PhD

MANAGER, PARK POLICY AND TOURISM BRANCH OTHER SENIOR STAFF C B Ingram B App Sc

MANAGER, PLANNING & VISITOR SERVICES BRANCH REGIONAL MANAGER, CENTRAL FOREST Vacant R Chandler BSc MANAGER, PROGRAMS & PUBLICATIONS REGIONAL MANAGER, GOLDFIELDS C Bailey I G Kealley BSc MANAGER, WILDLIFE BRANCH REGIONAL MANAGER, KIMBERLEY K Atkins* BSc (Hons), PhD C C Done BSc PRINCIPAL MEDIA RELATIONS OFFICER REGIONAL MANAGER, MIDWEST N Higgs K Gillen BSc (Hons) SCIENCE ADVISER REGIONAL MANAGER, PILBARA I J Abbott BSc (Hons), PhD, DSc C Muller Dip For, BSc For GOVERNMENT ASTRONOMER REGIONAL MANAGER, SOUTH COAST J Biggs BSc (Hons), PhD J R Watson BSc, Grad Dip Rec, PhD DIRECTOR, WA THREATENED SPECIES & COMMUNITIES UNIT REGIONAL MANAGER, SOUTHERN FOREST A A Burbidge BSc, PhD P Keppel Cert For Mngmt

REGIONAL MANAGER, SWAN B E Harvey BSc For

REGIONAL MANAGER, WHEATBELT * Acting K J Wallace Dip Ed, BSc (Hons)

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 43 GENERAL INFORMATION

112 116 120 124 128

MANAGED LANDS AND WATERS AS AT 30th JUNE 2001 Legend National Park 14 14 Conservation Park Nature Reserve State Forest, Timber Reserve, Freehold & Other Reserve Sections 5(1)(g) & 5(1)(h) Reserve Leasehold, Former Leasehold & Sections 16, 16A & 33(2) Land Marine Park / Marine Nat Res / Marine Management Area Kununurra Region Boundary Regional Office

Scale 0 100 200 300 400 Km KIMBERLEY Projection: Polyconic, Origin 121 , 0 18 18

D E P A R T M E N T O F Conservation A N D L A N D M A N A G E M E N T Produced by INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH Conserving the nature of WA

Karratha

PILBARA

22 22

N o r t h e r n T e r r i t o r y

l

26 MIDWEST 26

GOLDFIELDS

Geraldton

S o u t h A u s t r a l i a

30 30 Kalgoorlie

SWAN WHEATBELT PERTH SOUTH COAST

Narrogin

Bunbury

CENTRAL Manjimup FOREST 34 34

SOUTHERN Albany FOREST

112 116 120 124 128

44 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 GENERAL INFORMATION

CALM-MANAGED LANDS AND They are Wellington National Park study, and preservation of features of WATERS (3,045 ha) near Collie, Lawley River archeological, historic or scientific (17,572 ha) and Mitchell River interest. Recreation, which does not Total Estate (115,325 ha) national parks in the harm natural ecosystems, is allowed. Kimberley Region and two un-named As at 30 June 2001 the total area under national parks - one south-east of The area of nature reserves at 30 June the Department’s care was 23,577,533 ha Margaret River (1,571 ha) and one 2001 was 10,818,199 ha, representing a representing an increase of 1,080,507 north-east of Walpole (16,039 ha). net increase of 42,936 ha for the year. ha during 2000–2001. Notable additions to existing nature Conservation Parks reserves included Mount Manning The terrestrial area (not including Range Nature Reserve (36,828 ha), marine reserves) is approximately Conservation parks have the same North Karlgarin Nature Reserve 8.87% of the land area of Western purpose as national parks, but they do (resulting from a purchase–635 ha), Australia. not have the same national or international significance. They have North Tarin Rock Nature Reserve (also resulting from a purchase–726 ha) and The table below provides a summary of significant local or regional value for an un-named nature reserve east of all tenure classifications. conservation and recreation. Hyden (1,905 ha). New nature reserves National Parks The area of conservation parks at created during the year included one at 30 June 2001 was 704,205 ha, Goegrup Lake near Mandurah (319 ha), National parks are for wildlife and representing an increase for the year of one east of Mukinbudin (1,785 ha) and landscape conservation, scientific 405,819 ha. The increase was due to Adele Island in the Kimberley Region study, preservation of features of the creation of a new conservation park (217 ha). archeological, historic or scientific around Totadgin Rock in the Wheatbelt interest, and enjoyment by the public. State Forest (257 ha) and three new conservation They have national or international parks in the Kimberley Region - one in State forests are managed for multiple significance for scenic, cultural or the King Leopold Ranges (392,104 ha) purposes, including water catchment biological values. over the area of the former Mt Hart protection, recreation, timber Pastoral Lease, and two east of the production on a sustained yield basis, The area of the 69 national parks at Mitchell River National Park (12,191 ha and conservation. Provision is also 30 June 2001 was 5,092,210 ha, a net and 1,267 ha). made for public utilities and mineral increase of 153,294 ha for the year. production, where these activities are The area of Leeuwin-Naturaliste Nature Reserves imposed. Within State forests, National Park was reduced following designated areas are managed for recalculation and five new national Nature reserves are for wildlife and specific purposes, such as conservation parks were created during the year. landscape conservation, scientific or optimum yield of exotic plantings.

CALM-Managed Lands and Waters (ha) by Region as at 30 June 2001

Tenure Central Goldfields Kimberley Midwest Pilbara South Southern Swan Wheatbelt Total Classification Forest Coast Forest

National Park 31,836 151,009 829,773 504,845 2,396,627 891,810 239,937 45,081 1,292 5,092,210 Conservation Park 581 33,517 460,232 3,750 149,309 - - 56,559 257 704,205 Nature Reserve 9,783 6,304,437 809,773 732,298 250,595 1,585,444 32,849 50,588 1,042,432 10,818,199 Marine Park - - 23,250 748,735 225,564 - - 16,391 - 1,013,940 Marine Nature Reserve - - - 132,000 - - - - - 132,000 Marine Management Area ------State Forest 656,404 781 - - - 4,055 547,187 490,793 28,066 1,727,286 Timber Reserve 33,765 28,576 - 263,38 - 5,231 19,023 28,501 - 141,434 Sections 5(1)(g) & 5(1)(h) Reserve 30,282 81,617 79,623 2,318 8,130 <1 634 27,358 443 230,405 Miscellaneous Reserve 358 <1 61 517 1,779 3,814 485 5,944 15 12,973 Freehold(Exec Dir) 21,479 <1 1 <1 <1 63 4,921 274 1 26,739 Leasehold (Exec Dir), Former Leasehold & Section 33(2) Managed Land - 1,133,491 35,625 2,072,937 420,079 - - - - 3,662,132 Sections 16 & 16A Managed Land 121 215 - 7,020 - - - 8,654 - 16,010 Totals 784,609 7,733,643 2,238,338 4,230,758 3,452,083 2,490,417 845,036 730,143 1,072,506 23,577,533 Source: Information Management Branch

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 45 GENERAL INFORMATION

The area of State forest at 30 June The area of marine parks at 30 June national parks, conservation parks and 2001 was 1,727,286 ha, a decrease for 2001 was approximately 1,013,940 ha. nature reserves, they are not the year of 72 ha. The area of marine nature reserves at automatically vested in the Conservation 30 June 2000 was approximately Commission. Immediately before the Timber Reserves 132,000 ha. There were no changes commencement of the Conservation during the year. and Land Management Act 1984, some Timber reserves declared under the were vested in, or were under the Conservation and Land Management Marine Management Areas will provide control of, the National Parks Act 1984 are managed on the same a formal integrated management Authority but not as a national park, basis as State forests. The category is eg. Matilda Bay Reserve. Predominantly transitional; as reserves are evaluated framework over areas that have high conservation value and intensive they have conservation/recreation they may be changed to a more multiple use, selected primarily on the purposes. appropriate tenure eg. State forest or nature reserve. basis of their biological and recreational values and their existing The area of sections 5(1)(g) and 5(1)(h) or future commercial activities. reserves at 30 June 2001 was 230,405 The area of timber reserves at 30 June ha, an increase for the year of 114 ha. 2001 remained unchanged at As yet no Marine Management Areas 141,434 ha. have been proclaimed. Miscellaneous Reserves

Marine Reserves Section 5(1)(g) and 5(1)(h) Reserves There are some remaining reserves managed by the Department, which do Marine parks are managed for Within the meaning of the not fall within any of the above discrete conservation and recreation, with areas Conservation and Land Management categories. The purposes of reserves zoned for commercial fishing on a Act 1984, lands categorised as sections within this category are varied and may sustained yield basis. Marine nature 5(1)(g) and 5(1)(h) reserve are lands include settlements and offices for the reserves are managed for the reserved under the Land Act 1933 and Department’s operations. The area of conservation of marine and terrestrial the Land Administration Act 1997 miscellaneous reserves at 30 June 2001 flora and fauna and their habitats. respectively, for which care, control was 12,973 ha, representing an Fishing and collecting are not and management is issued to the increase of three ha for the year. permitted. Conservation Commission. Unlike

National Parks Vested in the Conservation Commission of Western Australia NAME AREA (ha) NAME AREA (ha) NAME AREA (ha)

Alexander Morrison 8,500 Hassell 1,265 Serpentine 4,360 Avon Valley 4,366 Hidden Valley 2,068 Shannon 52,598 Badgingarra 13,121 John Forrest 2,676 Sir James Mitchell 497 Beedelup 1,786 Kalamunda 375 Stirling Range 115,920 Boorabbin 26,000 Kalbarri 183,004 Stokes 9,726 Brockman 49 Karijini 627,442 Tathra 4,322 Cape Arid 279,382 Kennedy Range 141,660 Torndirrup 3,936 Cape Le Grand 31,801 Lawley River 17,572 Tuart Forest 2,049 Cape Range 50,581 Leeuwin-Naturaliste 18,779 Tunnel Creek 91 Collier Range 235,162 Lesmurdie Falls 56 Un-named 1,571 D’Entrecasteaux 116,686 Lesueur 26,966 Un-named 16,039 Drovers Cave 2,681 Millstream-Chichester 199,736 Walpole-Nornalup 15,861 Drysdale River 448,264 Mitchell River 115,325 Walyunga 1,812 Eucla 3,560 Moore River 17,540 Warren 2,982 Fitzgerald River 329,882 Mount Augustus 9,168 Watheroo 44,474 Francois Peron 52,587 Mount Frankland 30,830 Waychinicup 3,982 Frank Hann 67,550 Nambung 18,362 Wellington 3,045 Geikie Gorge 3,136 Neerabup 1,060 West Cape Howe 3,517 Gloucester 875 Peak Charles 39,959 William Bay 1,734 Goldfields Woodlands 64,612 Porongurup 2,621 Windjana Gorge 2,134 Goongarrie 60,397 Purnululu 239,723 Wolfe Creek Crater 1,460 Gooseberry Hill 33 Rudall River 1,283,706 Yalgorup 13,023 Greenmount 58 Scott 3,273 Yanchep 2,842 TOTAL 5,092,210 * Names shown in italics are not yet gazetted

46 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 GENERAL INFORMATION

Other Land during the year for future addition to The Department gratefully the conservation estate. Priorities for acknowledges the significant The area of freehold land held by the purchase are for those areas containing contribution made by the Executive Director at 30 June 2001 was ecosystems that are not adequately Commonwealth Government through 26,739 ha, representing a net decrease reserved in the existing conservation the National Reserve System Program for the year of 6,382 ha, due mainly to reserve network, and additions to of the Natural Heritage Trust, which the revesting of lands held in two existing reserves which would greatly supported many of the above certificates of title - one now comprises improve their diversity or facilitate purchases. The contribution of the the new Wellington National Park, and their management. National Reserve System Program this the other, south of Mt Dale, is pending year has amounted to over reservation. The major portion of Funds for conservation land $5.09 million. This support will freehold land held by the Executive acquisitions were obtained from four continue to help with making Director is committed to commercial sources: the Department’s annual significant progress towards the softwood forestry. capital allocation, an allocation under establishment of a comprehensive, the Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy, the adequate and representative reserve The area of pastoral lease held by the National Reserve System Program of system in Western Australia. Executive Director at 30 June 2001 was the Natural Heritage Trust, and some 225,705 ha. In addition, a further funding from the Crown reserves 3,318,774 ha of former pastoral lease component of the State Salinity CORPORATE SERVICES land is being held under an interim Strategy. Additionally, a capital management arrangement prior to Financial Services Branch appropriation of $1.833 million was formal reservation. provided from State Treasury for the Staff of the Department’s Financial acquisition of over 1,570 ha for a new Services Branch manage the accounts Crown land placed under the national park south-east of Margaret payable and accounts receivable management of the Department under River. The total expenditure from all systems, maintain the asset register, section 33(2) of the Conservation and funding sources for the financial year produce management and financial Land Management Act 1984 as at was more than $8.7 million. reports, manage the vehicle fleet, 30 June 2001 totalled 118,653 ha. Of dispose of surplus land and coordinate this, 406 ha comprises unvested Crown With funds allocated under the purchasing systems. reserve. The remainder is land Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy, the proposed for addition to the following pastoral leases were bought During 2000–2001 Branch staff conservation estate, which is managed during the year: Nanga, Lake Mason, undertook a number of special projects accordingly under an interim Black Range, Mooka, Cobra, Lorna including implementation of monthly arrangement. Glen and part of Yaringa. The leases GST reporting to the Australian and part lease cover a combined total Taxation Office, establishment of a Two areas, parts of Credo and Boolardy area of more than 884,300 hectares. separate accounting system and Pastoral Leases, totalling 7,235 ha are provision of bureau services for the currently managed under section 16A Acquisitions outside the Gascoyne- Forest Products Commission and of the Conservation and Land Murchison Strategy area included; allocation of assets and liabilities Management Act 1984 by agreement 403 ha for addition to the Woody Lake between the Department and the between the lessees and the Nature Reserve in the Shire of Commission. Department. Esperance; an enclave of private property (2.2 ha) in the Benger Swamp CALMpeople Services Branch The area of freehold land managed by Nature Reserve for addition to that the Department under section 16 of WorkForce Services and Planning reserve; a 515-ha parcel of remnant : the Conservation and Land Section Benchmarking data once vegetation in the Shire of Gingin; a Management Act 1984 at 30 June 2001 again indicated that CALMpeople 526 ha parcel of remnant vegetation in was 8,775 ha. Most of this land falls Services Branch is leading the sector in the Shire of Chapman Valley; two within regional parks and is managed terms of Human Resource efficiency parcels of remnant vegetation in the by agreement between the Western and cost effectiveness. Wheatbelt totalling 576 ha; 221 ha of Australian Planning Commission and remnant vegetation in the Shire of the Department. The split of the Department of Gingin for inclusion into the Conservation and Land Management Conservation Land Acquisitions Mogumber and Wannamal Lake Nature and the Forests Products Commission Reserves; and 34 ha to link the in 2000 impacted enormously on the The Department acquired over 888,000 ha Tutanning Nature Reserve to the Workforce Services and Planning of land of high conservation value southern annex.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 47 GENERAL INFORMATION

Section. Significant efforts by all staff In February 2001, consistent with There were no applications made for in the section resulted in a successful devolution of redundancy case breach of process review in relation to implementation and set up of the two management to agencies across the any Public Sector standard. agencies by 5 December 2000. Two sector, the Department of Conservation hundred and twenty six positions were and Land Management assumed case CALMpeople Reference Group: The successfully created and classified, management of surplus staff and CALMpeople Reference Group which included the development of Job prepared a written policy on the participated in a number of change Description Forms for all positions. management of registered employees. initiatives involving middle One hundred and ninety one management. These including an employees were sent letters offering A comprehensive on-line training assessment of change management in transfer to the Forest Products package in Good Working Relations the forest regions and conducting a Commission, and 182 employees was developed in conjunction with the strategic issues workshop in the subsequently transferred. Enormous Equal Opportunity Commission (EOC) Central Forest Region. The group also efforts by staff resulted in the and used in the training of 10 provided advice to the Corporate successful set-up of employee Grievance Contact Officers situated in Executive of the Forest Products occupancy details, positions and leave offices throughout Western Australia. Commission on strategic human details in the Department’s Human This package is the first of its kind in resource management. Resource Information System, the public sector and has been CONCEPT. CALMpeople Services Branch acknowledged as best practice by the The group continued to assess the now provides a bureau service to the EOC. Managers and supervisors performance of CALMpeople Services Forest Products Commission for the full throughout the Department were Branch through the Western suite of people management services. required to complete an on-line self- Australian Consortium Benchmarking paced interactive training course on program and was instrumental in the A number of key staff were trained in Workplace Discrimination and Sexual appointment of a Policy and Diversity the data mining package KP Harassment – Legal Compliance by the Officer. Corporate Executive approved a Investigator, to improve the ability to end of June 2001. The course was corporate apparel policy that was interrogate the CONCEPT HR designed to enable participants to developed by the group. database. This will enhance the ability develop an understanding of Equal of CALMpeople Services Branch to Employment Opportunity (EEO) Linkages were strengthened with the provide senior management with principles and generally raise awareness Executive Director, individual Directors regular detailed reports across a about managerial responsibilities in the and key groups such as the Peer number of areas. After a successful area of EEO and diversity. Support Group and regional trial with a pilot group in late 2000, it management teams. is anticipated that the Web Kiosk Fifteen salaried staff achieved career facility will be fully implemented and advancement through promotion via Employee Relations: The Department operational throughout the advertised vacancies. Thirteen salaried has continued with workplace reform Department by August 2001. Web staff were reclassified into higher level during the year. Kiosk is a facility that provides access positions, and nine achieved advancement to information within the Concept through criteria progression. New two year term agreements were Human Resource Information approved and made available for Project Management System through the As a consequence of budget constraints Eden feral animal trappers (Part 2A intra/internet, and will enable an and the resulting change in the Workplace Agreement from August employee to view and update his or her Department’s outputs, a review of 2000), National Park Rangers and own personal details and will provide staffing arrangements was undertaken. Woodman Point Reserves Rangers the ability to apply/approve leave online. A special funding allocation was made (Workplace Agreements from available by Treasury for a targeted December 2000), plus a new certified A monitoring review undertaken by voluntary severance scheme. agreement for Pilots (February 2001). the Public Sector Standards Employees in areas impacted by the Commission in August/September changes were invited to express an Under the auspices of the Australian 2000 found that the Department’s interest in severance. Industrial Relations Commission, performance in complying with the negotiations continued to condense the standards is satisfactory and no Depsite a very tight timeframe, staff in federal Australian Workers’ Union evidence of non-compliance was found Workforce Services and Planning were (Western Australian Public Sector) in any of the standards. Some minor able to ensure that the Department’s Award 1992 into the 20 allowable enhancements were made to some target of 28 June 2001 was met, with matters, but had not been concluded as policies and procedures as a result. 41 employees exiting on that date. at 30 June.

48 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 GENERAL INFORMATION

The Rangers (National Parks) Award • Executive Director’s Scholarship– Fifty CALM and seven FPC people have 1987 was reviewed and consolidated by made available to all wages successfully completed the consent effective December 2000. In employees to assist them financially internationally recognised Certificate addition early in 2001 discussions in post secondary education studies, IV Effective Manager course. This commenced on a review of the ranger required for entry to field officer course offers formal qualifications in classification structure, but had not positions. The 2001 recipients management. Sixteen of these concluded by 30 June. were Gary Treeby from Albany and graduates have articulated their New mirror workplace and enterprise Ken Ninyette from Busselton; studies into the Diploma of agreements to cover salaried officers • Dr George Malajczuk Post Management course. A further were finalised and implemented for the Graduate Scholarship–designed to eighteen CALM and two FPC people new Conservation Commission and provide continuous learning have enrolled in the Certificate IV Forest Products Commission. opportunities in science disciplines. Effective Manager course. The 2001 recipient is John Lloyd In June 2001 work commenced on a from Mundaring; Currently there are thirty-two wages review of the AWU career structure employees enrolled in the Certificate • Seamus Mulholland Scholarship– elements of competence, which were IV in Conservation and Land designed to provide continuous initially introduced in the early 1990s. Management Course. learning opportunities in a range of management and leadership The new WA Government has indicated Risk Management: The Risk disciplines. The 2001 recipient is an intention to remove the disparity in Management Section is responsible for Nigel Sercombe from Geraldton; salaries and conditions across developing and implementing risk • occupational groups within the public Executive Director’s management policies and procedures – sector, with negotiations still Undergraduate Scholarship made in regard to occupational safety and proceeding as at 30 June. available to all permanent CALM health; corporate health and fitness; people to assist them financially in workers’ compensation; injury Organisational Learning and relevant undergraduate study management; general liability and the Development: Fourteen CALM and five programs. There are fourteen corporate insurance portfolio. FPC field officer recruits graduated in recipients of this scholarship who 2001 after completion of fourteen are located throughout the state. In the area of occupational safety and weeks of competency based training • June Craig Scholarship for CALM health 122 work groups across the delivered over a two-year period. Women–designed to encourage, Department achieved their safety Training programmes included four support and facilitate all women in performance targets during the wheel drive operator’s, field CALM, to enhance and develop their reporting period. These groups engineering, recreation planning and careers and increase their received awards marking their design, chainsaw operator’s course, contribution to CALM’s mission. achievement under the Industrial disease management, fire management, The 2001 recipients were Christina Foundation for Accident Prevention/ forest silviculture, law enforcement, Gilbert, Dr Jay Gomboso, Jennie GIO Insurance Safeway Award Scheme. conversing with the community, Cary, Anne Cochrane and Ann- For the seventh consecutive year the supervisory skills and senior first aid. Marie O’Callaghan. Department was the most successful Each of the programs has national participating organisation. recognition from the Training Seventy-two CALM and six FPC people Accreditation Council. All of the have successfully completed the The benefit of a safe working graduating officers have since achieved Leadership and Organisational environment is well recognised within permanent appointments within CALM Development program over the past the Department, as is the interface and FPC. financial year. The programme has been between safety, health and fitness in designed to provide the learner with the minimising injury to workers and Twenty-four CALM people and one FPC necessary tools to address the areas of reducing costs. The effectiveness of the person were successful for six internal Leadership, Change Management and safety and health and injury scholarship programmes, which Project Management. The programme management programs is reflected in promote continuous learning in the features a multi-faceted approach the continuing downward trend in following areas: incorporating theory, experiential Lost Time Injury frequency rate and learning and above all collegial learning. total working days lost as a result of Curtin and Murdoch Universities have workplace injury (see indicators over). each provided two programs.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 49 GENERAL INFORMATION

Occupational Safety & Health support was provided during the year CALMfire MANAGEMENT Performance Indicators for seventeen management plans, and 2000–20011999–2000 for fire protection and regional Wildfires operations requirements. Two new Lost Time Injury 8 9 The 2000–2001 fire season in the Frequency Rate Land Management Series maps were State’s southern half was the driest on All Injury Frequency Rate 46 48 published and one was revised during record. No significant rainfall occurred Number of Lost Time 20 27 the year, together with a variety of Incidents in the period from late September 2000 tourist maps, posters and display Average Days Lost per (LTI) 13 12 to May 2001. This was reflected in the panels. A new regional atlas was also Annual Workers’ Soil Dryness Index, which is an indicator of produced for departmental use. The Compensation Premium $648,259 $624,938 the seasonal dryness of soil and large section completed the first phase of a branch ground debris. The Soil plantation data acquisition system and Information Management Branch Dryness Index for most locations in the continued the integration and south-west reached its peak value of Information Services Section upgraded management of all plantation data. 2000 in April 2001 – the highest level the Department’s communications Application development was provided recorded in the past 30 years. network during 2000-2001, with the for a Threatened Ecological implementation of a 64 kbps frame Communities system, and GIS analysis The dryness of the ground litter and relay connection to most remote offices was carried out for several regional vegetation fuels meant that under the State Telecommunications nature conservation initiatives. The approximately 60% of the prescribed Enhancement Program, and the section continued to coordinate and burning programs in the south-west conversion to a new email and network assist with the conversion of all the that were planned for the late spring operating system. New contracts were Department’s geographic data to the and autumn months had to be let for the outsourced management of new geographic datum, GDA94. cancelled or postponed due to the risk the Department’s data centre, of severe fire behaviour and possible communications networks, databases, The Remote Sensing Applications Unit burn escapes. As a result the prescribed and desktop and server environment. A undertook a project to map forest cover burning program achieved within the project also commenced to develop a in the Goldfields. It also provided south-west forest ecosystems was only comprehensive Information Technology image analysis for fire research and for 87,866 ha, the lowest in 40 years. and Telecommunications Plan for the marine reserve establishment and The dry fuel conditions presented Department. provided area analyses for mining serious difficulties when dealing with compensation. the large number of wildfires that Corporate Information Section threatened CALM-managed lands. completed implementation of the ELECTORAL ACT 1907 Fortunately there were relatively few Keyword Classification Thesaurus in In accordance with the requirements of days of hot and windy weather all major offices of the Midwest Region Section 175ZE of the Western conditions. Consequently, fire danger - the first region to be completed. Two Australian Electoral Act 1907, CALM levels rarely reached extreme levels. major upgrades of the corporate incurred the following expenditures in The worst fires occurred in those lands records management system were the financial year ended 30 June 2001. that were not burnt in the past 10 years undertaken, providing greater or more. These include two wildfires in functionality for meeting business Advertising agencies: $52, 538.55 (John the Stirling Range National Park, Two needs and the new State Records Act. Davis Advertising). Peoples Nature Reserve, Beekeepers Nature Reserve near Leeman, Cape Arid National Park and the Nuyts Under the Corporate GIS Plan to Media advertising organisations: CALM Wilderness in Walpole-Nornalup deploy GIS in CALM regions and $284,651.94 and Forest Products National Park. Several very large fires districts, the GIS Section distributed Division $25,476.30 (Marketforce occurred on crown land in the extended and updated spatial data to Productions) and $225,119.76 (Media Goldfields Region, including CALM- these offices, and conducted 11 Decisions WA). managed lands. training courses in GIS and two in GPS usage for regional and other staff. There was no expenditure in the There was a high incidence of wildfires market research, direct mail and in the Perth District, particularly Assistance was provided in refining polling areas by the Department. within or near the pine plantations in new reserve boundaries in the south- Wanneroo with 149 fires lit, of which west forest areas of the State. Mapping Total expenditure was $587,786.55. 80% were arson.

50 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 GENERAL INFORMATION

Throughout the State, the Department conservation and protection of systems for all planned burns in the attended 711 wildfires that affected biodiversity, community protection and south-west forest regions. This CALM-managed lands. This is protection of parks, nature reserves, required careful analysis of forecast approximately 30% above the 10-year native forests, plantations and timber weather and atmospheric conditions, rolling average. The majority of these resources. Approximately 65% of forest fuel conditions, ignition patterns and wildfires were deliberately lit (44%) or burns were completed in the September timing, and size and locations of burns lightning strikes (12%). Escapes from to December period and 35% in autumn. relative to population centres. Weather private property burns represented 7%, forecasters from the Bureau of while 1% of escapes were from CALM A total of 7,656 ha of pine (Pinus Meteorology regularly provided the burns. pinaster) plantations near Wanneroo Department with detailed information and Yanchep were prescribed burnt in on weather and atmospheric The long dry fire season and the record winter or early spring. These fuel conditions. This close collaboration number of wildfires attended by the Department throughout the State reduction burns provided essential resulted in no instances during the resulted in large expenditures on fire protection to the plantations and year when the smoke from the suppression operations including surrounding farms and residential Department’s planned burns caused wages, overtime, heavy machinery hire areas from damage caused by the haze particulate levels to exceed the and aerial water bombers. deliberately lit wildfires. stringent air quality standards set by Outside the forest regions a total of the State’s Department of Environmental Aerial Water Bombing Operations 50,489 ha of planned burning was Protection and the National undertaken in the Midwest, Goldfields, Environment Protection Council. The joint CALM-FESA managed aerial Pilbara, South Coast and Wheatbelt suppression programs during the Regions primarily as open-edge and Fire Training summer months of 2000–2001 fire wind-driven buffers to provide strategic season again provided an effective and CALMfire Branch staff conducted 24 protection to conservation reserves and rapid suppression capability for the fire training courses covering topics community assets. Approximately Perth outer Metropolitan area and the including Incident Control System; 1,288 km of aerial ignited and ground south-west region stretching from Fire Management in CALM; Logistics ignited open-edge burns were Jurien Bay north of Perth to Albany. Management; Incident Planning; Fire undertaken within the Kimberley Five Dromader aircraft were contracted Operations Officer; Sector/Divisional Region. to provide an aerial rapid-attack Commander; Advance Fire Fighter and capability to assist ground-based fire Basic Fire Fighter. The prescribed burning program was crews from CALM, FESA and bushfire further constrained by the high brigades. It was estimated that the In the year 2000–2001 the following incidence of unfavourable wind and Perth-based aircraft and Bunbury- table shows the fire management and atmospheric conditions conducive to based aircraft were responsible for fire fighting courses that were smoke accumulation in Perth and saving public and private assets, and conducted, including the number of other regional centres. These weather natural values worth more than $10.5 people trained. constraints resulted in CALM forest million and $4.5 million respectively. districts achieving about 40% of the The 370 trainees were predominantly – Planned Burns planned annual burning program the Department employees, but also lowest since 1961. The backlog of included personnel from the Forests Throughout the State the Department uncompleted burns that has Products Commission, FESA (both completed 91,515 ha of planned accumulated over the past six years has employees and volunteers), interstate burning, of which 23,446 ha (26%) was resulted in a large build-up of highly Government agencies, Local Government prescribed to meet nature conservation flammable fuels over large tracts of and private contractors. Another objectives of the State’s parks, forests forested lands. In the event of severe group trained was the CALM Bush and conservation reserves. A total of summer conditions, these heavy fuel Rangers. 68,069 ha (74%) of burning was loads will result in severe large completed to regenerate forests and wildfires that could threaten lives and Courses were also conducted at a protect fire sensitive regrowth after the loss of property and natural number of locations around the State timber harvesting. resources. including Geraldton and Albany as well Overall, 87,866 ha of forests and as a range of sites within the forest associated vegetation types in the Smoke Management regions. State’s south-west were prescribed The Department’s fire managers burnt for a variety of purposes. These rigorously applied smoke management included forest regeneration,

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 51 GENERAL INFORMATION

Liaison on training development at the State and national level has been Course Title No. Courses Total Trainees maintained, and the Department has Basic Fire Awareness 3 38 continued to provide high level input Basic Fire Fighter 5 59 into the development of the Australian Level 1 Fire Fighter 1 12 National Public Safety Competencies Fireline Construction With Machines 3 52 and Fire Curriculum. The development Fire Operations 1 3 38 and promotion of common training Wildfire Origin & Cause Determination 1 9 systems and course materials was Operational Management 1 15 actively pursued between fire agencies Introduction to Incident Control System 2 27 within Western Australia. Incident Planning 2 32 Fire Management within CALM 4 100 Totals 24 370

CALMfire PERFORMANCE INDICATORS FOREST REGIONS 2000–2001

Key Effectiveness Indicators

1. Prescribed Burning 2. Fire Suppression

Region 5-year Actual Difference Region Priority 1 & 2 (%) rolling average 2000–2001 (ha) (ha) (ha) % Standard 2000–2001

Swan 39,608 22,230 -17,378 -44 Swan 95 98 Central Forest 32,028 35,915 3,887 12 Central Forest 95 94 Southern Forest 64,582 29,721 -34,861 -54 Southern Forest 95 99 Total 136,218 87,866 -48,352 -35 CALM Average 97 Note: Five-year rolling average does not reflect the scheduled prescribed burn area.

These statistics compare the 2000– The lower total burn areas achieved in The percentage of all forest wildfires 2001 planned burning program with 2000–2001 were primarily due to the that are attacked with effective the five-year rolling average for very dry weather and fuel conditions suppression forces before these fires conservation and protection burning. throughout the burning season. Other exceed five hectares in Priority 1 and Burning achievements are dependent contributing factors to the lower areas Priority 2 areas under 95 percentile upon the availability of suitable include the continuing reductions in weather conditions. The percentage weather conditions and resources, burn size; the increasing complexity of standard to be exceeded is 95% of all and the need to maintain burn multiple ignition burns; the need to forest fires requiring suppression by security and air quality standards in protect increasing areas of fire sensitive direct attack. high population centres forest regeneration and the limited The Southern Forest and Swan number of suitable burning days when Definition: Regions’ burning achievements were the risk of smoke accumulation in The 95 percentile weather conditions below the five-year rolling average. Perth is acceptably low. are days when forest fire danger is below ‘very high’ and ‘extreme’ as calculated in CALM’s Forest Fire Behaviour Tables (1998). Firefighters work safely and effectively under these conditions in standard forest fuels.

52 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE

responsible to the Minister for the The following mining and petroleum Statement of Compliance Environment and Heritage. Their Acts prevail over the CALM Act: Mining with written law functions are described in separate Act 1978; Petroleum Act 1967; 2000–2001 annual reports. Petroleum Pipelines Act 1969; We have attempted to comply Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act with the requirements of Amendments made under the 1982. relevant written law, as Conservation and Land Management originally enacted and as Amendment Act 2000 came into variously amended. Steps have Agreement Acts which involve clearing been taken to rectify minor operation on 16 November 2000 and land managed by the Department, or errors and omissions detected abolished the Lands and Forest which require access to forest during 2000—2001. The Commission, the Forest Production resources, also include specific relevant Acts and amendments Council and the National Parks and responsibilities for the Department. to legislation are noted in this Nature Conservation Authority. These The bauxite and coal operations section of the annual report. amendments established the predominantly require permission to Conservation Commission of Western be given by the Department for the Australia and reserves previously held companies to harvest the timber before Keiran McNamara by the Lands and Forest Commission mining. ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR and the National Parks and Nature 30 August 2001 Conservation Authority became vested The Agreement Acts with specific in the Conservation Commission. The departmental responsibilities include: ACTS ADMINISTERED Conservation Commission will report Alumina Refinery Agreement Act 1961; its proceedings to the Minister in its Alumina Refinery (Worsley) Agreement • Conservation and Land own annual report. Act 1973; Collie Coal (Griffin) Management Act 1984. Agreement Act 1979; Collie Coal MINING AND GOVERNMENT (Western Collieries) Agreement Act • Sandalwood Act 1929. AGREEMENTS ACTS 1979; Dardanup Pine Log Sawmill • Wildlife Conservation Act 1950. The CALM Act does not generally Agreement Act 1992; Silicon (Kemerton) Agreement Act 1987; On behalf of the people of Western protect land managed by the Wesply (Dardanup) Agreement Australia, the Department manages Department from mining or Authorisation Act 1975; Wood national parks, conservation parks and development projects. Section 4 of the Chipping Industry Agreement marine parks, State forests and timber CALM Act provides that nothing in the Act 1969. reserves, nature reserves and marine Act shall take away from the operation nature reserves, other reserves and of any Act relating to minerals or From 16 November 2000, when the lease areas and any associated fauna, petroleum or any Agreement Act for a Conservation and Land Management flora and forest produce under the development project (except in marine Amendment Act 2000 and the Forest legislation that it administers. It is also nature reserves and certain zones in Products Act 2000 commenced responsible for conserving flora and marine parks which are protected from operation, contracting for the fauna throughout the State. petroleum drilling and production). The CALM Act cannot impose harvesting and sale of forest products ceased to be a function of the The Conservation and Land restrictions on mining or on Department and these responsibilities Management Act 1984 established the development projects subject to an were taken up by the Forest Products Department and until 16 November Agreement Act. The requirements for Commission. Where an Agreement Act 2000 there were five controlling bodies mining and development projects with involves contracting in relation to under the Act: the Lands and Forest respect to land managed by the forest products this is now undertaken Commission, the National Parks and department are stated in the Mining by the Forest Products Commission. Nature Conservation Authority, the Act 1978 and the individual Agreement Marine Parks and Reserves Authority, Acts. The requirements of the The Mineral Sands (Eneabba) the Marine Parks and Reserves Environmental Protection Act 1986 Agreement Act 1975 affects the Scientific Advisory Committee and the also need to be satisfied with such Department’s management of the land Forest Production Council. All were projects on land managed by the Department.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 53 LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE involved in that project. 1909; Minimum Conditions of REGULATIONS ADMINISTERED The establishment of commercial Employment Act 1993; Misuse of • Conservation and Land Management hardwood plantations by way of timber Drugs Act 1981; Occupational Safety Regulations 1992. sharefarming agreements with the and Health Act 1984; Occupiers • Forest Management Regulations 1993. Department under section 34B of the Liability Act 1985; Public Sector • National Parks Authority CALM Act has been ratified by the Management Act 1994; Soil and Land Regulations (1977). following Agreement Acts: Albany Conservation Act 1945; State • Sandalwood Regulations 1993. Hardwood Plantation Agreement Act Superannuation Act 2000; State • Wildlife Conservation Regulations 1970. 1993; Bunbury Treefarm Project Supply Commission Act 1991; Swan Agreement Act 1995; and the Collie River Trust Act 1988; Titles CHANGES IN LEGISLATION Hardwood Plantation Agreement Act (Validation) and Native Title (Effect of Changes to Conservation and Land 1995. The timber sharefarming Past Acts) Act 1995; Town Planning Management Act agreements have been transferred to and Development Act 1928; Transfer of The Conservation and Land the Forest Products Commission, Land Act 1893; Water and Rivers Management Amendment Act 2000 which is empowered to administer and Commission Act 1995; Water and the Forest Products Act 2000 enter into future timber sharefarming Corporation Act 1995; Water Services came into operation on 16 November agreements in its own right (from 16 Coordination Act 1995; Waterways 2000. These Acts provided significant November 2000). Conservation Act 1976; Workers’ changes in respect of forest Compensation and Rehabilitation Act OTHER RELEVANT ACTS management policy and related 1981; Workplace Agreements Act 1993. matters, such as the establishment of The Bush Fires Act 1954 has important the Conservation Commission. The requirements for the Department with Commonwealth Acts relevant to the Amendment Act removed the respect to fires on land managed by the Department’s activities include: Department’s commercial functions Department. Australian Heritage Commission Act with regard to the harvesting and sale 1975; Environment Protection and of timber and other forest products, Other State Acts which have relevance Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999; and commercial timber sharefarming to the Department’s operations and Native Title Act 1993; Trade Practices agreements. These responsibilities role as an employer include: Aboriginal Act 1974; Wildlife Protection were taken over by the Forest Products Heritage Act 1972; Aerial Spraying (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Commission, a Government trading enterprise established as a statutory Control Act 1966; Agriculture and Act 1982; Workplace Relations Act authority under the Forest Products Act. Related Resources Protection Act 1976; 1996. Agriculture Protection Board Act 1950; Miscellaneous reserves International agreements relevant to Beekeepers Act 1963; Control of Amendments made to the Land the Department’s activities: Agreement Vehicles (Off-road Areas) Act 1978; Administration Act 1997 under the between the Government of the Country Areas Water Supply Act 1947; Land Administration Amendment Act People’s Republic of China and the Dividing Fences Act 1961; Energy 2000 will enable miscellaneous reserves Operators (Powers) Act 1979; Government of Australia for the referred to in section 5(1)(h) of the Electricity Corporation Act 1994; Protection of Migratory Birds and their CLMA to be placed by order with the Environmental Protection Act 1986; Environment; Agreement between the Marine Parks and Reserves Authority. Equal Opportunity Act 1984; Government of Japan and the Minor amendment to Sandalwood Act Explosives and Dangerous Goods Act Government of Australia for the An outdated reference to the Land Act 1961; Financial Administration and Protection of Migratory Birds and 1898 in the Sandalwood Act 1929 was Audit Act 1985; Fish Resources Birds in Danger of Extinction and their corrected under the Land Management Act 1994; Forest Products Environment; Convention on Wetlands Administration Amendment Act 2000. Act 2000; Freedom of Information Act of International Importance Especially 1992; Government Employees Housing as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Proposed regulations – pet reptiles Authority Act 1964; Health Act 1911; Convention); Convention on and amphibians Heritage of Western Australia Act International Trade in Endangered Public consultation drafts of proposed 1990; Industrial Relations Act 1979; Species of Wild Fauna and Flora; Wildlife Conservation (Reptiles and Public Works Act 1902; Land Convention for the Protection of the Amphibians) Regulations 2000 and Administration Act 1997; Local World Cultural and Natural Heritage; associated Wildlife Conservation Government Act 1995; Long Service Convention on the Conservation of Amendment Regulations 2000, were Leave Act 1958; Metropolitan Water Migrating Species of Wild Animals; released. The proposed regulations Supply, Sewerage and Drainage Act Convention on Biological Diversity. address the keeping of and dealing in reptiles and amphibians as pets and related matters.

54 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

I certify that these performance indicators are based on proper records and fairly represent the performance of the Department of Conservation and Land Management for the year ended 30 June 2001.

Keiran McNamara ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 15 August 2001

OUTPUT 1 NATURE CONSERVATION

Outcome Key Effectiveness Indicators If baiting for foxes is successful in reducing fox predation as a threatening Conservation of indigenous plants, 1. Wildlife and habitat management process, then it would be expected that animals and ecological processes in Land is set aside for the fauna in the size range susceptible to natural habitats. management of wildlife and fox predation would firstly stabilise, Output Description: habitat. Management strategies are and then recover to an equilibrium developed to ameliorate level for the area of suitable habitat in a The development and implementation threatening agents, such as fire, bushland locality. To monitor the of programs for flora and fauna pests, weeds and diseases, which implementation of Western Shield, conservation, for threatened species can impact on the functioning of monitoring sites are being established and ecological communities and for native ecosystems, and threaten the across the range of the baiting commercially exploited species survival of species. program. according to the principles of Performance Indicator ecological sustainability; the Measure acquisition, conservation and Example population estimates of Population estimates for native fauna protection of representative native fauna following control of a susceptible to fox predation in areas ecosystems; and encouraging public threatening process. where fox baiting is occurring, as awareness, understanding and support shown by monitoring sites in each Notes for nature conservation services and CALM region where Western Shield is policies. Research by CALM scientists operating. demonstrated in 1988 that fox Note: CALM uses the National predation was a major cause of small Note: The full Western Shield program Strategy for the Conservation of fauna decline in the south west of commenced in 1996, and hence only Australia’s Biological Diversity Western Australia. This led to the four years of monitoring data are definition of ‘conservation’, ie. ‘the baiting for foxes in selected areas of the available for CALM Regions where protection, maintenance, CALM estate which resulted in the baiting was not previously undertaken. management, sustainable use, recovery of several species of An example set of data from an area restoration and enhancement of the threatened fauna at those sites. In baited under Western Shield is natural environment’. 1994 the baiting program was extended presented over. as Operation Foxglove, where The Output performance can be best 500,000 ha of the northern jarrah The graph over shows the recovery measured by effectiveness and forest was baited on a regular basis. In following fox baiting, of medium-sized efficiency indicators in three key areas: 1996 this program was further mammals that are prone to fox 1. Wildlife and habitat management. expanded as Western Shield with fox predation, from the 2,620 ha 2. Wildlife utilisation. baiting now occurring over 3.5 million Porongurup National Park in CALM’s Albany District. Prior to fox baiting, 3. Threatened species management. hectares of the State. low levels of medium-sized mammals

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 55 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS were known from the park. Following Trap Success Rates for Medium Sized Mammals at Porongurup NP fox baiting the known diversity of 40 medium-sized fauna in the area has 35 increased, with populations of Quenda Brushtail Possum Quenda and Brush-tailed Possums increasing 30 significantly. This response to fox 25 baiting is typical of the response over Aerial fox baiting commenced December 1996 the range of fox baiting activity. 20 Further examples of monitoring from 15 other regions have been presented in success (%) Trap previous annual reports. 10

5 2. Wildlife utilisation 0 Species such as kangaroos, Apr-97 Oct-97 May-98 Oct-98 May-99 Sep-99 May-00 Oct-00 May-01 crocodiles and a number of flora Trapping period species (excluding timber) are commercially utilised and must be Population Estimates and Harvest Levels for Managed managed to ensure the use is Kangaroo Populations In Western Australia sustainable. R ed Kangaroo Harvest

3000000 W es t er n Gr ey Kangar oo Performance Indicator Harvest R ed Kangaroo Population estimate Example population levels of 2500000 W es t er n Gr ey Kangar oo Population estimate harvested wildlife. 2000000 Notes

Number of Animals Number of 1500000 The management of flora is based on the non-destruction of the harvested 1000000 plants and is therefore sustainable. Limited harvesting of breeding 500000 crocodiles, eggs and hatchlings occurs from the wild. Kangaroo harvesting, 0 however, involves the taking of larger 2000 numbers of animals from the wild, and must, therefore, be managed in a manner that does not threaten the wild Annual population estimates of red • current land use practice and populations. kangaroos are calculated from the trends in land use; and survey data, with the estimates for the The management programs for red and • significance of the take outside the between-survey areas being western grey kangaroo harvesting were commercial quota. extrapolated using population trend first published in 1973. These information, while western grey Measure programs outline the basis of kangaroo populations are only sustainable harvesting using The graph above illustrates the recalculated when the southern population estimates and harvest management of harvest levels that pastoral region, where this species quotas. allow for the maintenance of kangaroo mainly occurs, is surveyed. populations in areas where commercial Sustainable harvest quotas have been From 1981 to 1993, triennial aerial harvesting occurs. determined from historical monitoring, surveys were undertaken for red and and are set at a maximum of around western grey kangaroos over the Notes: Harvest levels are recorded for 25% of the population estimate, with pastoral region of Western Australia. the previous calendar year as delays the actual quota based on: Since 1995 the surveys have been done occur in receiving harvest reports. • current population trends; annually, each covering one third (one Minor corrections may also occur to • seasonal conditions; million km²) of the pastoral region. previous years’ data as late harvest • review of previous harvests; These data are used to estimate the returns are incorporated. As from • the proportion of the habitat and populations of these species which are 1998, population estimates for population not subject to harvesting; subject to commercial harvest. kangaroos have been corrected for

56 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS temperature. This gives a more Number of Declared Rare (DRF) and Priority Flora Taxa realistic estimate of kangaroo Priority 4 numbers. Previous years’ population 3000 Priority 3 data has also been recalculated using 2500 Priority 2 the temperature correction. Priority 1 2000 Priority Flora (All) Presumed Extinct DRF The variations observable in the 1500 Extant DRF populations of the kangaroo species 1000 mainly reflect rangeland condition, OF TAXANUMBER 500 primarily as determined by rainfall, 0

2 || 6 90 93 01 rather than the level of harvest 980 98 988 989 9 991 992 9 994 995 99 997 999 000 0 1 1 1987 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1998 1 2 2 permitted. As a natural feature of YEAR kangaroo population data, these fluctuations are taken into account over the longer term in setting Number of Threatened, Otherwise Specially Protected and Priority Fauna Taxa sustainable harvest levels.

3. Threatened species management 350 Priority Fauna A management system is in place to 300 250 Otherwise Specially Protected identify, protect and recover flora Presumed Extinct 200 and fauna that is threatened with Threatened Fauna extinction or otherwise in need of 150 special protection. 100

NUMBER OF TAXA 50 Performance Indicator 0 1972 1973 1980 198119821983198419851986 19871988 19891990 1994199519961997199819992000 2001 The identification and management of Year wildlife taxa that are threatened or requiring special conservation attention. Note A total of 122 flora taxa were added, and 49 flora taxa were deleted from the As from 1998/99 the measure relates to Note: Threatened taxa conservation in lists during the year. Additions were actual listing changes to the declared Western Australia involves two phases; due to further scientific study revealing lists of specially protected fauna and additional taxa that appear to warrant flora made by the Minister for the (i) the identification and listing of special conservation attention, while Environment and the lists of priority taxa in appropriate categories as deletions were due either to taxonomic fauna and flora prepared by CALM. determined by the level of threat studies revealing taxa that were Recommendations made by the and the level of available inappropriately listed, or surveys Threatened Species Scientific knowledge; and revealing that taxa were more common Committee, but not yet declared by the that previously thought, and hence no Minister are not included. longer warranting special conservation (ii) management to enable threatened attention. taxa to be de-listed, or re-listed in Measure less threatened categories, and to Notes: Migratory bird species listed As shown in the graph above, at obtain the necessary information under Schedule 3 of the fauna notice 30 June 2001 a total of 2,729 taxa for poorly known taxa to categorise are not included in the numbers of (2,413 flora and 316 fauna) were them properly. taxa requiring special protection as declared to be specially protected, or most are not Western Australian included on the Department’s priority Indicators (a) and (b) below address species. flora and fauna lists. This represents these two phases. an increase of 1.5% in the number of A taxon (plural taxa) is a term for any taxa listed as requiring special classificatory group of organisms, a) The number of the State’s wildlife conservation status compared to including species, subspecies and taxa identified and listed as either 1999–2000. varieties. The indicator refers to the threatened or requiring special number of the State’s wildlife taxa that conservation attention, compared are either: to previous years.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 57 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

• declared to be specially protected Rulingia sp. Trigwell Bridge Plant Counts by the Minister for the 200 Environment and Heritage under the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950; 180

that is, taxa that are considered to 160

be either rare, likely to become Total Translocation Sites 140 Second Translocation extinct, or otherwise in need of First Translocation Natural plants 120 Direct special protection; or Seeding

100

• listed by the Department as Count Plant 80 G azetted as R are priority flora or fauna; that is, taxa Flora 60 R anked C ritically that are either poorly known but Endangered 40 potentially in need of special Plants Fenced protection based on the 20

information available, or rare but 0 not currently threatened and in 1970 1988 1989 1992 1993 1994 1995 1997 1998 2001 Year need of monitoring. Full definitions were presented in the Department’s 1997–98 Annual Report. Trap Success Rates for Chuditch at Julimar Forest

The increase in the number of taxa 16 listed mainly reflects the Department’s 14 maintenance of an enhanced 12 knowledge base of the State’s wildlife Fox baiting commenced July 1992 through taxonomic revision, curation Chuditch re-introduced Sept 1992 10 of collections, databasing of Aerial fox baiting commenced April 1994 information, and field investigations, 8 and does not in itself represent a 6

change in the conservation status of (%) success Trap 4 the State’s wildlife. 2 b) The recovery of threatened taxa as 0 Jun-92 Nov-92 Jan-93 May-93 Sep-93 Nov-93 Aug-94 Aug-95 Jul-96 Jul-97 Jul-98 Jun-99 Jun-00 a consequence of specific Trapping period management actions as demonstrated through case examples. The species was first known from In September 1997 a Translocation only a single wild population of Proposal was approved with an Note plants confined to a private objective of establishing up to six Given the probabilistic nature of the property in the West Arthur area, self-sustaining populations. New categories of threat, and the long-term approximately 250km south east of populations have now been nature of threatened taxa recovery, Perth. The plants are located in established on a CALM-managed significant management actions may cracks in a laterite ridge in a Nature Reserve and Conservation occur before a taxon moves from one paddock that was used for grazing Park, 3km to the north east and category to a lower risk category. The sheep until 1992. In November 20km to the west of the known measure of such movements thus will 1993 the species was declared as population. The translocated occur over long time periods. Rare Flora, and ranked as Critically plants are surviving well in these Endangered in September 1995. new sites and have flowered and Measure The main cause of the threatened produced large numbers of seeds. status of Rulingia sp. Trigwell i) Rulingia sp. Trigwell Bridge was Bridge is thought to be the loss of Seeds from the original population discovered in 1970 as a population suitable habitat due to widespread and from the translocated of only four plants. However, it was clearing for agriculture. Current populations, were collected and not until 1988 that the species was threats include grazing, firebreak spread for in-situ regeneration confirmed as being a new and maintenance, weeds and disease. trials during 1999 and 2000. distinct species.

58 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Management actions to conserve trapped above the criterion rate for 2. Wildlife utilisation this species also include the successful establishment (1% trap The accrual basis net cost after erection of fences to prevent success rate), as set out in the revenue of managing the harvesting grazing of the sites, hand weed Recovery Plan. This reduction and utilisation of wildlife per licence control, and seed research. represents the normal decline issued. expected when a population The graph opposite shows the increases rapidly and beyond the Note recovery of this threatened species carrying capacity of the available This measure mainly comprises the as a result of the specific habitat, combined with the direct and overhead costs associated management actions. dispersal of the population over a with the conservation management of greater area of the State forest. It the kangaroo, emu, crocodile, would be expected that further ii) Medium-sized mammals in the aviculture, and flora industries, and fluctuation will occur as the south west of the State have marine fauna interactions; expressed as population stabilises with habitat generally declined in their an average cost per licence issued capacity, and seasonal variations. population size and range due to (2,728 licences in 1997–98; 2,666 in loss of habitat and predation by 1998–99; 2,599 in 1999-2000; 2,274 in foxes. While fox control under the This example from the Julimar 2000–01). Western Shield program has Forest demonstrates the results assisted the recovery of these achieved through properly planned Measure species in many areas, in other habitat management and fauna 1997–1998: $410 per licence areas some species have become translocations. Further examples 1998–1999: $425 per licence locally extinct. In such situations, have been presented in previous 1999–2000: $362 per licence translocation programs, in annual reports. 2000–2001: $512 per licence conjunction with localised fox control, may be implemented to re- Key Efficiency Indicators The increase in 2000–2001 mainly established the species in secure 1. Wildlife and habitat management reflects the nature of the costs and the conservation reserves. The cost per hectare managed. fewer licences issued.

The Chuditch is a listed threatened Note 3. Threatened species management species. Fox control, habitat This measure provides an indicative The accrual basis net cost after management, captive breeding and comparison of the accrual basis, revenue of management per taxon that the establishment of new average gross cost (excluding is threatened or otherwise requires populations in protected areas are revenues) per hectare of managing special conservation attention. strategies included in the managed nature conservation on CALM- Recovery Plan for this species. managed lands and waters Note (23,600,000 ha in 2000–2001; The graph opposite shows the This measure mainly comprises the 21,700,000 ha in 1999–2000). results of a translocation program, direct and overhead costs associated supported by fox control, of the Measure with species conservation, science Chuditch Dasyurus geoffroii into services, fox control and the – the 28,317 ha Julimar State Forest 1997 1998: $2.12 per hectare management of threatened flora and – (proposed Conservation Park) 1998 1999: $1.85 per hectare fauna; expressed as an average cost per – north of Perth. The program has 1999 2000: $2.05 per hectare taxon (2,619 taxa at 30 June 1998; – been successful in establishing a 2000 2001: $2.03 per hectare 2,657 at 30 June 1999; 2,687 at 30 June replicating, viable population of 2000; 2,729 at 30 June 2001). The 2000–2001 cost represents an this species in the reserves from Measure the original translocated stock. increase of $0.05 on the ‘Target’ cost of – $1.98 in the 2000 2001 Budget 1997–1998: $2,671 per taxon Statements. While the population has decreased 1998–1999: $2,606 per taxon in recent years, it is still being 1999–2000: $2,650 per taxon 2000–2001: $2,303 per taxon

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 59 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

OUTPUT 2 SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT

Outcome Key Effectiveness Indicator Note

Long-term maintenance of the forest Satisfaction of the sustainable forest The accrual basis average gross cost per ecosystem. management standards of the hectare of managing State forest and Conservation Commission of Western timber reserves in accordance with Note: To emphasise the conservation Australia. current forest management plans. The focus of the sustainable forest area managed totalled 1,870,000 hectares. function, from 2001–2002 the Note Measure Outcome for this Output will be This indicator is intended to measure ‘Conservation of biodiversity’. the output’s degree of satisfaction of The cost per hectare managed was Output Description the sustainable forest management $47.65, an increase of $29.41 on the standards determined by the ‘Target’ cost of $18.24 in the 2000– The sustainable management of State Conservation Commission of Western 2001 Budget Statements. This increase forest and timber reserves while Australia. mainly reflects the unexpected maintaining or enhancing nature inclusion of Forest Products Division conservation, water, recreation, Measure expenditure of $43.608 million from – landscape and other values in the long The delay in the establishment and 1 July 15 November 2000, which was term, and encouraging public operation of the Commission precludes incurred prior to the legislative awareness, understanding and support the meaningful measurement and creation of the Forest Products for sustainable forest management, reporting of this indicator for the year Commission from 16 November 2000. services and policies. ended 30 June 2001. Note: Compliance Net of this expenditure, the cost per with extant forest management hectare managed is $24.33, an increase Note: This new output, created in the standards is reported in this Output’s of $6.09 on the ‘Target’. The above cost – 2000 2001 Budget Statements (May Performance Measures table elsewhere variations mainly reflect the difficulty 2000), anticipated establishment of the in this Annual Report. of accurately anticipating all of the Conservation Commission of Western factors that eventuated to affect this Australia and the Forest Products Key Efficiency Indicator Output’s first period of operation. Commission on 1 July 2000. It The average cost per hectare of eventuated that the actual enabling managing State forest and timber date of the legislation creating these reserves. Commissions was 16 November 2000.

60 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

OUTPUT 3 PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES

Outcome Satisfaction Index (VSI) and the • 60% of respondents overall were collection of other information useful first time visitors to the recreation Community enjoyment and for planning and management purposes. areas surveyed. appreciation of parks, wildlife and the The survey is being conducted across a natural environment without broad range of parks, reserves and Note: A total of 2405 surveys were compromising conservation and forest areas at different times of the distributed during specific survey management objectives. year to account for the geographic periods throughout the year to visitors Output Description spread of these areas and associated to 17 parks/recreation sites across the seasonal variation in visitor patterns State with 747 completed surveys Dealing with public involvement, across the State. The program will returned. At a 95% confidence level, visitation and appreciation of the enable a more accurate comparison to the survey responses reported below natural environment on lands and be made of the level of satisfaction have a standard error within the range waters managed by the Department, derived by visitors to CALM-managed of ±0.03. including preparing and implementing areas in the coming years. management and recreation site Measures development plans; providing, Respondents to the 2000–2001 survey As part of the new survey program, a managing and maintaining appropriate program show the following benchmark Visitor Satisfaction Index access, recreation opportunities and characteristics: (VSI) from which to compare visitor visitor facilities; protecting natural satisfaction levels each year has been – areas, visitors and facilities from • 62% (59% in 1999 2000) of adopted. This benchmark has been set wildfire; training Departmental staff respondents were from Western at 6.1 on a rating scale from 1 (extremely and volunteers, working with local Australia, 22% (19% 1999/2000) dissatisfied) to 7 (extremely satisfied). tourist bureaux and commercial tour from interstate and the remaining The 2000–2001 VSI averaged from – operators; involving Aboriginal people 16% (22% 1999 2000) from visitor responses to the survey at the in park management and the provision overseas. selected parks, reserves and forest areas of visitor facilities and services; • the majority of respondents around the State was 5.96, which is providing visitor information and surveyed were visiting with friends just slightly below the benchmark VSI designing and initiating educational and/or family as opposed to of 6.1. and interpretive activity programs travelling on a tour, with an which enrich visitor experience and organised group or on their own. As shown in the Visitor Satisfaction help develop greater community • the largest proportion of graph below, 91% of respondents – awareness and support for parks, respondents were in the 40-59 year scored between 5 7 on the rating scale. natural areas, nature-based tourism age bracket, being 39% (31% 1999– and recreation services and policies. 2000) of visitors, followed closely The survey also asked visitors to rate – the condition and management of the Key Effectiveness Indicators by the 25 39 year age bracket, which comprised 37% (41% 1999– site they visited, the activities in which they participated and their overall 1. The extent to which visitors are 2000) of respondents. satisfied with their visit overall to CALM managed recreation areas.

Notes Visitor Satisfaction

The Department’s revised survey 100% program first conducted in January 80% 2000, was undertaken for its first full 60% year during 2000–2001. This new 34% 36% survey program enhances the rigour of 40% 21% measuring the overall level of visitor 20% 7% satisfaction to CALM-managed 0% 0% 1%

Percentage of Respondents of Percentage 0% recreation areas as well as providing for 1234567 the determination of an overall Visitor extremely extremely dissatisfied Satisfaction rating satisfied

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 61 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS experience at the site. All Visitor Experience Ratings these factors contribute to the visitors’ overall experience during their visit. The Visitor The information provided was useful 5.8 Experience Ratings graph My visit provided value for money 5.8 I saw evidence of environmental degradation 3.1 indicates that the naturalness Features of cultural/historic value were well preserved 5.5 of the area, helpfulness of Areas such as this provide solitude and isolation 5.7 CALM staff and rangers, the Being here I felt close to nature 6.1 management of facilities and Sufficient information was provided about the area 5.5 enjoyment derived from leisure This area provided a sense of adventure 5.7 activities received the highest The facilities provided were ideal (type, location and number) 5.7 ratings from visitors’ responses I thought this was an attractive natural area 6.5 to this part of the survey. The facilities were well managed (quality & cleanliness) 6.1 Road access and conditions were reasonable 5.6 These were also the highest The rangers and other CALM staff were helpful 6.4 ratings given from responses to The condition of the site was excellent 5.9 the surveys conducted last I enjoyed the leisure activities I participated in 6.2 year. 1234567

Strongly disagree Strongly agree 2. The extent to which the Rating scale public has shown interest/ support for CALM-managed Volunteer Involvement recreation areas, facilities and services. 6000 200000 Number of Note 180000 Vol unteer s 4966 5000 4499 160000 The level of volunteer involvement Hours Contributed 140000 4000 indicates continued public support 3293 3600 120000 for CALM’s management programs 3000 2677 100000 and the Department’s ability to 2400 80000 19 2 1 balance competing land uses to aid 2000 1773 60000 Hours Contributed

public enjoyment and protect of Volunteers No. 12 6 0 900 40000 conservation values. 1000 20000 0 0 Measures 1991/92 1992/93 1993/94 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01

As illustrated in the diagram Year Volunteer Involvement, the number of volunteer hours spent on parks the Department’s Visitor Information (i) the capacity to include in VISTAT and visitor services and nature and Statistics (VISTAT) Program. for the first time visits to the eight conservation projects this year totalled Perth regional parks (approximately 190,000, an increase of nearly 57% on Measures 1.3 million visits in 2000–01). last year’s figure of 121,032 hours. The CALM has gradually moved to full number of registered volunteers Data from VISTAT indicates that the operational management of these number of visits to CALM managed currently stands at 4,499, an increase – – parks in the period since 1997 98; of 25% on last year’s figure of 3,600. lands and waters for 2000 2001 and, This reflects the community’s totalled 9,718,203. As illustrated in the continued strong interest in diagram on Visitor Use Levels, this (ii) a decrease of around 500,000 visits supporting environmental projects. figure, which comprises both recorded numbers of visits from traffic counter to the other CALM-managed areas devices, surveys and other data sources in the State, which appear to be 3. The number of visits to CALM- as well as estimated numbers of visits related to various factors including managed areas. based on field observation, represents a increased fuel costs, the Note net increase of just over 9% on the introduction of the Goods and 8,895,347 visits in 1999–2000. Services Tax, the Sydney Olympic The number of visits to CALM- games and extreme weather managed areas is based on data from The net increase mainly reflects the patterns (flooding) in many remote impact of: areas.

62 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Visitor Use Levels

9.7

10.0 8.7 8.9 9.5 8.2 9.0 8.5 8.0

Total Visits 7.5 7.0 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 Year

Trends in Visitor Numbers to Three National Parks

National Parks 1997–1998 1998–1999 1999–2000 2000–2001

Cape Le Grand 65,000 72,000 74,000 65,000

Nambung 157,000 191,000 194,000 169,000

Purnululu 14,000 17,000 17,000 18,000

Cost per Visit

5.00 $3.92 $4.01 $4.01 $3.99 4.00 3.00 2.00 1.00

Cost per Visit ($) Cost per Visit 0.00 1997–1998 1998–1999 1999-2000 2000–2001 Year

To compare long-term trends in visitor Key Efficiency Indicators 2. Ratio of total cost of services to use levels and patterns, Cape Le Grand, operating revenues. Nambung and Purnululu parks 1. Cost per visit. represent low, medium and high levels Note Note of annual visitation. The accrual basis total cost of The accrual basis gross total cost providing Parks and Visitor Services Although the Trends in Visitor (excluding revenues) of Parks and expressed as a ratio of operating Numbers to Three National Parks Visitor Services, expressed as a cost per revenue from those services. Table shows that two of the three parks recorded visit to CALM-managed lands experienced a decrease in visitor and waters. Measure numbers in 2000–2001, the four year visitor numbers reflect the generally Measure With total expenditure of $38,745,000 positive trend of overall growth in and operating revenue of $17,755,000, The 2000–2001 gross cost per visit was – visitation to Department managed the 2000 2001 ratio was 2.18:1, a $3.99. As shown in the Cost per Visit parks, reserves and forest areas decrease of 0.68 on the ratio of 2.86:1 graph this represents an increase of – throughout the State. in 1999 2000. $0.33 on the ‘Target’ cost of $3.66 in the 2000–2001 Budget Statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 63 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

OUTPUT 4 ASTRONOMICAL SERVICES

Outcome Overall Satisfaction with Perth Observatory

Astronomical information and services Response 1996–97 1997–98 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 for the benefit of the community. %%%% %

Output Description Very satisfied 69.6 68.7 71.3 75.1 72.8 Satisfied 26.8 29.9 26.4 23.9 25.3 Providing public information and Neither satisfied 3.0 1.2 2.3 0.8 1.9 awareness directly beneficial to the or dissatisfied Western Australian community, and Dissatisfied 0.4 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 contributing to scientific research in Very dissatisfied 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 astronomy by co-operating with national and international institutions Note: Prior to 1999–2000 the table reports responses from surveys of star viewing in the acquisition, analysis, night customers only. interpretation and dissemination of information. Increased Knowledge and Awareness of Astronomy

Key Effectiveness Indicators Response 1996–97 1997–98 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 %% %%% 1. The level of customer satisfaction Strongly agree 48.7 45.4 52.6 54.9 57.6 with the services provided by the Agree 46.1 50.9 45.5 43.9 38.9 Observatory. Neither agree 4.2 3.5 1.9 1.2 3.5 Note or disaree Disagree 1.0 0.2 0 0 0.0 During 2000–2001, 8,424 people visited Strongly disagree 0 0 0 0 0.0 the Observatory, 2,036 people used the recorded information line, and 12,474 indicate levels of satisfaction consistent ‘To what extent do you agree that the people telephoned seeking information. across all types of visits and services. information presented on the tour increased your knowledge of and A total of 534 customer survey awareness of astronomy?’ indicates questionnaires were distributed; 495 to 2. The extent to which visitors levels of satisfaction consistent across Observatory star viewing night, day and perceive the information all types of visits. Sunday visitors between October 2000 presented during their tour of the and May 2001, and 39 to customers of Observatory increased their Observatory services such as lectures knowledge and awareness of 3. Research findings published in and natural lighting consultancies. astronomy. internationally recognised journals. Note Note Note: At a 95% confidence level the survey responses reported below have a This indicator relates to the One of the aims of Perth Observatory is standard error within the range ± 3.2%. educational role of the Observatory in to further scientific research in meeting the demand by the community astronomy. One method of measuring Measure for information on astronomy and the contribution to scientific research The table Overall Satisfaction with measures the extent to which that is to determine the number of articles Perth Observatory shows the combined demand is met. published in internationally recognised analysis of 343 (64.2%) responses to scientific journals. The publishers of Measure the visitors’ survey question ‘How these journals independently evaluate satisfied were you with the services The Increased Knowledge and articles submitted to ensure they meet provided by Perth Observatory?’ and Awareness of Astronomy table appropriate standards and criteria. the 21 (53.8%) responses to the illustrates visitors’ perception as Publication in these journals evidences services customers’ survey question measured by the visitors’ survey that the Observatory is adding to ‘Did the service provided by the Perth described above. The analysis of the scientific knowledge and therefore Observatory meet your needs?’ The 342 (64.0%) responses to the question furthering scientific research. responses to both survey questions

64 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Measure 2. Cost per enquiry. paper.

During 2000–2001, the Observatory Note Measure had 5 (5 in 1999–2000) articles published in internationally recognised This indicator shows the average In 2000–2001 the average cost per paper of the research activities journals. Note: 22 (32 in 1999–2000) accrual gross cost relating to the supporting the five refereed research other scientific papers related to Observatory receiving and responding scientific data on astronomical objects to enquiries about astronomical papers was $70,416 (five papers at $69,103 in 1999–2000), an increase of were also published as articles in information by way of the information $306 on the ‘Target’ cost of $70,110 in educational journals, popular line, telephone calls and attendance at magazines, newsletters or internal astronomy talks and field nights. the 2000–2001 Budget Statements. reports. Measure 4. Cost of research activities per Key Efficiency Indicators Based on a total of 22,720 enquiries in 1,000 head of WA population. 2000–2001, the cost per enquiry was 1. Cost per tour visitor. Note $23.15 (16,588 enquiries at $35.23 in Note 1999–2000). This is a decrease of $5.55 This indicator shows the accrual gross on the ‘Target’ cost of $28.70 in the cost of the Observatory’s research The Perth Observatory conducts an on- 2000–2001 Budget Statements. activities expressed as an average cost site educational program Because of the nature of the costs per 1,000 head of WA population. through guided tours for school and involved, the decrease mainly reflects community groups, tourists and the the higher than expected level of public Measure general public. This indicator shows interest in astronomy, with 4,720 more The cost of research activities per 1,000 the average accrual gross cost per tour enquiries being received than the head of WA population was $191 in visitor based on 2000-2001 tour ‘Target’ of 18,000. 2000–2001, ($181 in 1999–2000) an participation totalling 8,424 increase of $7 on the ‘Target’ cost of (1999–2000 7,655), ie. night visitors – 3. Cost of research activities per 5,120, day visitors – 2,522 and Sunday $184 in the 2000–2001 Budget refereed research paper. Statements. afternoon visitors – 782. Note Measure This indicator shows the average The cost per visitor in 2000–2001 was accrual gross cost of the Observatory’s $15.66 (1999–2000 $16.33) an increase research activities expressed as an of $2.16 on the ‘Target’ cost of $13.50 average per refereed scientific research in the 2000–2001 Budget Statements. Because of the nature of the costs involved, the increase reflects the actual number of tour visitors being 676 less than the ‘Target’ of 9,100, mainly due to the adverse impact of uncontrollable factors (eg. inclement weather) on scheduled tours.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 65 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

OUTPUT 5 RESOURCE AND SERVICES PROVIDED TO THE CONSERVATION COMMISSION OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA

Outcome ecologically sustainable management Measure of State forest, timber reserves and The provision of resources and forest produce; and audit of the The delay in the establishment and services to the Conservation Department of Conservation and Land operation of the Commission precludes Commission of Western Australia Management’s and the Forest the meaningful measurement and Products Commission’s performance reporting of this indicator for the year Note: To emphasise the conservation against management plans. ended 30 June 2001. focus, from 2001–2002 the Outcome for this Output will be ‘Conservation of Note: This new output, created in the Key Efficiency Indicator 2000–2001 Budget Statements (May biodiversity’. The average cost per management 2000), anticipated establishment of the plan/significant policy developed. Output Description Conservation Commission of Western Australia on 1 July 2000. It eventuated The provision of resources and Note that the enabling date of the services to the Conservation legislation creating the Commission The accrual basis average cost of Commission of Western Australia for was 16 November 2000. developing management plans and/or the satisfaction of its functions which significant policies for the include; having vested in it the State’s Key Effectiveness Indicator Conservation Commission’s national parks, conservation parks, consideration. nature reserves, State forest and Level of Ministerial satisfaction with timber reserves; policy development the provision of relevant resources and Measure for the preservation and community services to the Conservation The average cost per management enjoyment of the State’s natural Commission of Western Australia. plan/significant policy developed for environment, and promoting the Note the Commission’s consideration was appreciation of flora, fauna and the $11,480. This represents a decrease of natural environment; advice to the This idicator is intended to convey a $820 on the ‘Target’ cost of $12,300 in Minister for the Environment and measure of the degree of the relevant the 2000–2001 Budget Statements. Heritage on the development of Minister’s satisfaction with the outputs policies for the conservation and resources and services provided to the management of biodiversity Conservation Commission for the throughout the State and on the satisfaction of its statutory functions.

66 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 67 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

68 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying financial statements of the Department of Conservation and Land Management have been prepared in compliance with the provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985 from proper accounts and records to present fairly the financial transactions for the period ending 30 June 2001 and the financial position as at 30 June 2001. At the date of signing we are not aware of any circumstances which would render the particulars included in the financial statements misleading or inaccurate.

Keiran McNamara John Byrne ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER 15 August 2001 15 August 2001

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 69 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

Note 2000–2001 1999–2000 ($’000) ($’000)

COST OF SERVICES Operating expenses 4 Employee costs 5 69,448 72,447 Supplies and services 6 53,479 60,574 Harvesting 25,401 56,291 Depreciation 7 10,658 10,278 Borrowing costs 6,855 8,228 Bad and doubtful debt expenses 373 549 Administration expenses 8 6,829 7,008 Accommodation expenses 3,402 2,776 Grants & subsidies 9 691 103 Total cost of services 177,136 218,254

Operating revenues User charges and fees 10 86,615 144,751 Commonwealth grants and contributions 13,172 9,012 Net profit on disposal of non-current assets 11 289 689 Other operating revenues 12 14,936 10,802 Total operating revenues 115,012 165,254

Net cost of services before change in Forest valuation (62,124) (53,000) Change in Forest valuation 13 0 (126,422) NET COST OF SERVICES (62,124) (179,422)

REVENUES FROM GOVERNMENT 14 Appropriations 74,291 72,823 Liabilities assumed by the Treasurer (2,556) (21) Resources received free-of-charge 555 677 Net Assets Assumed (Transferred) 15 (644) (155) Total revenues from Government 71,646 73,324

Change in net assets after restructuring 9,522 (106,098) Net increase/(decrease) in asset revaluation reserve 8,727 (60,893) Total changes in equity other than those resulting 18,249 (166,991) from transactions with owners as owners

The Statement of Financial Performance should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

70 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2001

Note 2000–2001 1999–2001 ($’000) ($’000)

CURRENT ASSETS Cash and amounts in suspense 16 24,165 19,527 Inventories 17 2,371 12,182 Receivables 18 9,250 22,269 Prepayments 19 557 1,010 Total Current Assets 36,343 54,988

NON-CURRENT ASSETS 20 Property, plant, equipment and vehicles 1,939,537 1,939,498 Infrastructure 0 31,660 Timber 0 259,166 Other assets 48,011 50,566 Total Non-Current Assets 1,987,548 2,280,890

TOTAL ASSETS 2,023,891 2,335,878

CURRENT LIABILITIES Payables 21 6,271 8,262 Borrowings 22 123 4,200 Provisions 23 8,443 8,840 Other liabilities 24 3,283 11,210 Total Current Liabilities 18,120 32,512

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES Borrowings 22 3,687 83,558 Provisions 23 4,846 5,821 Total Non-Current Liabilities 8,533 89,379

TOTAL LIABILITIES 26,653 121,891

EQUITY 25 Equity Contribution to Government (234,998) 0 Asset revaluation reserve 1,854,384 1,845,657 Accumulated surplus/(deficit) 377,852 368,330 Total Equity 1,997,238 2,213,987

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 2,023,891 2,335,878

The Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 71 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

Note 2000–2001 1999–2000 ($’000) ($’000)

CASH FLOWS FROM GOVERNMENT Recurrent appropriations 67,367 51,883 Capital appropriations 6,924 20,940 Net cash provided by Government 74,291 72,823

UTILISED AS FOLLOWS: CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Payments Employee costs (73,064) (69,534) Supplies and services (52,674) (59,635) Harvesting Costs (25,003) (55,954) Interest paid (8,503) (8,284) GST Payments on Purchases (6,687) 0 GST Payments to Taxation Authority (951) 0 Other payments (9,676) (8,697) Receipts Sale of goods and services 91,757 137,649 User charges and fees 15,949 13,418 Interest received 841 694 GST Receipts on Sales 6,084 0 GST Receipts from Taxation Authority 1,103 0 Other receipts 16,568 12,459 Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities 26 (44,256) (37,884)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Proceeds from sale of non-current physical assets 2,045 2,307 Payments for non-current physical assets (19,243) (33,078) Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities (17,198) (30,771)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Proceeds from borrowings 0 4,400 Repayment of borrowings (8,200) (4,963) Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities (8,200) (563)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 4,638 3,605 Cash at the beginning of the financial year 19,527 15,922 CASH AT THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 16 24,165 19,527

The Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

72 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 003 18 26 16 0 3,402 2,776 PARKS AND VISITOR PARKS ASTRONOMICAL THE TO SUPPLIED RESOURCES 850 4,044 256 0 0 0 0 13,172 9,012 0 (126,422) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 (126,422) FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001 FOR THE OUTPUT SCHEDULE OF EXPENSES AND REVENUES OUTPUT SCHEDULE OF EXPENSES DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT OF CONSERVATION DEPARTMENT 503 9,205 6,267 3,807 3,032 0 0 0 0 14,936 10,802 617 1,986 2,562 1,929 1,779 42 50 30 0 6,829 7,008 201 (2,396) (113,888) 7,841 1,879 (209) (290) 0 0 9,522 (106,098) ,409 74,762 134,191 9,822 9,042 119 109 5 0 86,615 144,751 ( $’000)( ( $’000) ( $’000) ( $’000)$’000)( $’000) ( NATURE FOREST SUSTAINABLE OUTPUT 1OUTPUT OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 3 OUTPUT 45 OUTPUT 7 (77) (4,700) 0 4,049 (78) 0 0 0 0 (644) (155)

CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT SERVICES SERVICES COMMISSION CONSERVATION TOTAL 12,484 10,857 84,650 141,839 17,754 12,452 119 106 5 0 115,012 165,254 47,991 44,405 89,103 137,166 38,745 35,628 1,010 1,055 287 0 177,136 218,254 26,84514,165 24,143 14,745 24,490 26,719 31,377 34,575 17,309 12,391 16,349 11,071 606 163 578 183 198 41 0 0 69,448 53,479 72,447 60,574 39,793 39,749 2,057 7,861 28,832 25,055 682 659 (282) 0 71,646 73,324 (1,107) (8) (804) (8) (610) (5) (28) 0 (7) 0 (2,556) (21) 2000-2001 1999-2000 2000-2001 1999-2000 2000-2001 1999-2000 2000-2001 1999-2000 2000-2001 1999-2000 2000-2001 1999-2000 (35,507) (33,548) (4,453) (121,749) (20,991) (23,176) (891) (949) (282) 0 (62,124) (179,422) 4 14 Note in (35,507) (33,548) (4,453) 4,673 (20,991) (23,176) (891) (949) (282) 0 (62,124) (53,000) Total operating revenues Total Net profit on disposal of non-current assets 11Other operating revenues 53 12 39 1,924 155 1, 531 81 122 0 (3) 0 0 289 689 Commonwealth grants and contributions 8,600 7,906 528 Grants & subsidies cost of services Total Operating revenues User charges and fees 9 10 691 1,907 103 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 691 103 Accommodation expenses 1,153 899 986 848 1,229 1, Operating expenses Employee costsSupplies and servicesHarvestingDepreciationBorrowing costsBad and doubtful debt expensesAdministration expenses 6 5 8 7 0 2,842 1,966 329 0 17 2, 1,550 331 354 0 3,554 5,613 25,401 491 4,038 6,984 56,291 4,955 19 913 4,472 0 41 913 181 0 0 0 218 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 10,658 0 0 10,278 373 6,855 25,401 8,228 549 56,291 AppropriationsTreasurer Liabilities assumed by the Resources received free of chargeAssumed Net Assets (Transferred) revenues from Government Total 15 182 40,711 237 39,597 187 7,374 284 7,585 181 25,212 24,986 152 706 4 655 4 288 1 0 0 74,291 72,823 555 677 Forest valuation Net cost of services before Change COST OF SERVICES COST Change in net assetsThe Output Schedule of Expenses and Revenue should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 4,286 6, NET COST OF SERVICES REVENUES FROM GOVERNMENT Change in Forest valuation 13 0 0

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 73 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATED FUND APPROPRIATIONS AND REVENUE ESTIMATES (NOTE 34) FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

2000–2001 1999–2000 Estimate Actual Variance Estimate Actual Variance $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

RECURRENT Amount required to fund outputs for the year 68,650 124,588 55,938 158,300 156,096 -2,204 Less retained revenue - Section 23A of the 1,883 57,414 55,531 113,531 104,372 -9,159 Financial Administration and Audit Act Item 70 Amount provided to fund outputs for the year 66,767 67,174 407 44,769 51,724 6,955 Amount authorised by other Statutes 139 193 54 159 159 0 - Salaries and Allowances Act 1975

Total Recurrent Services 66,906 67,367 461 44,928 51,883 6,955

CAPITAL Amount required for Capital Services for the year 5,091 7,369 2,278 16,460 32,961 16,501 Less Retained Revenue - Section 23A of the 300 445 145 5,020 12,021 7,001 Financial Administration and Audit Act Item 152 Amount provided for Capital Services for the year 4,791 6,924 2,133 11,440 20,940 9,500 Total Capital Services 4,791 6,924 2,133 11,440 20,940 9,500

GRAND TOTAL 71,697 74,291 2,594 56,368 72,823 16,455

DETAILS OF EXPENDITURE RECURRENT Outputs Output 1 : Nature Conservation 42,819 47,026 4,207 40,574 41,195 621 Output 2 : Sustainable Forest Management 29,942 86,884 56,942 125,522 129,758 4,236 Output 3 : Parks and Visitor Services 29,135 33,922 4,787 29,908 30,353 445 Output 4 : Astronomical Services 785 801 16 780 793 13 Output 5 : Services provided to the Conservation 600 287 -313 0 0 0 Commission Recurrent Expenditure 103,281 168,920 65,639 196,784 202,099 5,315

Less Retained Revenue: 42,079 125,200 83,121 158,009 164,311 6,302

Changes in Operating Account Balances 0 4,583 4,583 0 3,927 3,927 61,202 48,303 -12,899 38,775 41,715 2,940

Other Funding Sources 5,000 10,779 5,779 4,062 5,114 1,052 Capital Repayments 633 8,200 7,567 2,000 4,963 2,963 Add: Cash Operating Revenue Taken to Consolidated Fund 71 85 14 91 91 0 Consolidated Fund Recurrent Appropriations 66,906 67,367 461 44,928 51,883 6,955

CAPITAL Capital Expenditure 12,191 19,242 7,051 22,027 44,570 22,543 Less Retained Revenue: 7,400 12,824 5,424 10,587 18,651 8,064 Borrowings 0 -506 -506 0 4,400 4,400 Changes in Operating Account Balances 0 0 0 0 579 579 Consolidated Fund Capital Appropriations 4,791 6,924 2,133 11,440 20,940 9,500

GRAND TOTAL OF APPROPRIATIONS 71,697 74,291 2,594 56,368 72,823 16,455

DETAILS OF REVENUE ESTIMATES Territorial 0 0 0 20 0 -20 Departmental 71 85 14 71 91 20 TOTAL REVENUE ESTIMATES 71 85 14 91 91 0

The Summary of Consolidated Fund Appropriations and Revenue Estimates should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. This Summary provides the basis for the Explanatory Statement information requirements of TI 945.

74 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

1. DEPARTMENTAL MISSION AND FUNDING If any such modification has a material or significant financial effect upon the reported results, details of that The agency’s mission is in partnership with the modification and where practicable, the resulting community, to conserve Western Australia’s biodiversity, financial effect, are disclosed in individual notes to these and manage the lands and waters entrusted to us, for the financial statements. appreciation and benefit of present and future generations. Basis of accounting

On 16 November 2000 the Forest Products Commission The financial statements have been prepared in was established by promulgation of the Forest Products accordance with Australia Accounting Standard AAS29. Act 2000. Commercial forestry functions were The statements have been prepared on an accrual basis transferred to the Forest Products Commission from the using historic cost accounting, with the exception of Department of Conservation and Land Management from certain non-current assets which subsequent to initial this date. The Department’s financial statements include recognition, have been measured on the fair value basis forestry revenues and expenses for the period to 15 in accordance with the option under AAS 38(5.1). November 2000. Forestry assets and liabilities were transferred to the Commission prior to 30 June 2001. Administered assets, liabilities, expenses and revenues are not integral to the Department in carrying out its In 2000–2001 the Department was predominantly funded functions and are disclosed in schedules to the financial by Parliamentary appropriations. The Department statements, forming part of the general purpose financial provided the outputs as disclosed at Note 3. Government report of the Department. policy determines the fees charged. The financial statements encompass all funds through which the a) Appropriations Department controls resources to carry on its functions. Appropriations in the nature of revenue, whether recurrent or capital, are recognized as revenues in the In the process of reporting on the Department as a single period in which the Department gains control of the entity, all intra-entity transactions and balances have appropriated funds. The Department gains control of been eliminated. appropriated funds at the time those funds are deposited As part of the State Government’s Machinery of into the Department’s bank account. Government framework announced on 21 June 2001, the b) Net Appropriation Determination Department will be renamed the Department of Conservation when legislation is amended. The Pursuant to section 23A of the Financial Administration framework also proposes that additional conservation and Audit Act, the net appropriation determination by functions will be transferred from other agencies. the Treasurer provides for retention of the following moneys received by the Department: 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES • Proceeds from sale of real property and disposal of The following accounting policies have been adopted in equipment and non-real property (Note 11). the preparation of the financial statements. Unless • Prescribed fees and charges (Summary of Consolidated otherwise stated these policies are consistent with those Fund Appropriations and Revenue Estimates). adopted in the previous year. The moneys received and retained were applied to the General Statement Department’s Outputs as specified in the Budget Statements. The financial statements constitute a general purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance c) Grants and Other Contributions Revenue with Australian Accounting Standards and Urgent Issues Grants, donations, gifts and other non-reciprocal Group (UIG) Consensus Views as applied by the contributions are recognised as revenue when the Treasurer’s Instructions. Several of these are modified by Department obtains control over the assets comprising the Treasurer’s Instructions to vary application, the contributions. Control is normally obtained upon disclosure, format and wording. The Financial their receipt. Contributions are recognised at their fair Administration and Audit Act and the Treasurer’s value. Contributions of services are only recognised Instructions are legislative provisions governing the when a fair value can be reliably determined and the preparation of financial statements and take precedence services would be purchased if not donated. over Australian Accounting Standards and UIG Consensus Views. The modifications are intended to fulfil the requirements of general application to the public sector together with the need for greater disclosure and to satisfy accountability requirements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 75 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001 d) Operating Accounts h) Employee entitlements

Amounts appropriated are deposited into the Annual leave Department’s bank account and any revenues that are the subject of net appropriation determinations are This entitlement is recognised at current remuneration deposited into the account. Revenues not subject to net rates and is measured at the amount unpaid at the reporting appropriation determinations are credited to the date in respect to employees’ service up to that date. Consolidated Fund. All payments of the Department are made from the operating account. Long service leave A liability for long service leave is recognised, and is e) Depreciation of non-current assets measured as the present value of the expected future All non-current assets having a limited useful life are payments to be made in respect of services provided by systematically depreciated over their useful lives in a employees up to the reporting date. When assessing manner which reflects the consumption of their future expected future payments consideration is given to economic benefits. expected future wage and salary levels including relevant on-costs, experience of employee departures and periods Depreciation is provided for on a straight-line basis. of service. Expected future payments are discounted Useful lives for each class of depreciable asset are: using interest rates to obtain a net present value of Buildings 20 – 40 years future cash outflows. This method of measurement of Furniture 10 years the liability complies with the requirements of Australian Office Equipment 6 – 7 years Accounting Standard AAS30 Accounting for Employee Computer Equipment 4 years Entitlements. Aircraft 5 – 6 years Superannuation Boats 5 years Plant and Machinery 4 – 10 years Staff may contribute to the Superannuation and Family Heavy Fleet Vehicles 5 years Benefits Act Scheme, a defined benefits pension scheme Recreation / Tourism Assets 10 – 20 years now closed to new members, or to the Gold State Superannuation Scheme, a defined benefit lump sum f) Valuation of Assets scheme now also closed to new members. All staff who do not contribute to either of these schemes become Land non-contributory members of the West State Superannuation Scheme, an accumulation fund Freehold land held in the name of the Executive complying with the Commonwealth Government’s Director, Crown land in the conservation estate and Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992. vested State Forest are valued by the Valuer General on either a market value or current use basis. The Valuer The Department is responsible for employer – General provided a revaluation for 2000 2001 which has contributions to the Gold State and West State been included in the Statement of Financial Position. Superannuation Schemes. Employer contributions have been paid to the Gold State Superannuation Scheme Crown land is reserved for or held by the Department for since the inception of the Scheme in 1987. the conservation and land management purposes prescribed by the Conservation and Land Management The financial statements include the Department’s Act 1984. Section 17(7) of the Act provides that should contributions adjusted for the change in the unfunded the land no longer be reserved or held for these purposes liability assumed by the Treasurer for pre 1987 service for the land shall become Crown land within the meaning of current employees in the Gold State Superannuation the Land Administration Act 1997 and thus would no Scheme. longer be vested in the Department. Therefore land of this nature cannot be disposed by the Department to The total unfunded liability assumed by the Treasurer for meet liabilities or fund activities. current employees in the Gold State Superannuation Scheme for pre 1987 service is $13.44M (1999–2000 The value of tourism facilities and other improvements $16.00M). to the land is reported separately from the Valuer General’s land valuation. The total unfunded liability assumed by the Treasurer in respect of Superannuation and Family Benefits Act g) Recognition of Revenue pensions that will be payable to current employees when they retire is $2.86M (1999–2000 $2.29M). The Department’s general policy is to recognise revenue when an invoice is issued. The superannuation expense does not include payment of pensions to former employees who have retired as this Other revenues such as proceeds from the sale of motor does not constitute part of the cost of services provided vehicles, land sales and miscellaneous revenue are by the Department in the current year. recognised at the time of receipt.

76 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001 i) Leases n) Accrued Superannuation The Department has entered into a number of operating Accrued superannuation represents the Department’s lease arrangements for the rent of buildings, office estimated liability at the end of year for employer equipment and motor vehicles where the lessor superannuation contributions to the Government effectively retains all of the risks and benefits incidental Employees Superannuation Board. The Department to ownership of the items held under the operating receives fortnightly invoices in arrears. leases. Equal instalments of the lease payments are charged to the operating statement over the lease term as o) Borrowings this is representative of the pattern of benefits to be derived from the leased property. The Department has borrowed funds through the Western Australian Treasury Corporation. These The Department had no finance lease commitments borrowings are recorded at an amount equal to the net during 2000–2001. proceeds received. Interest expense is recognised on an accrual basis. j) Receivables p) Resources Received Free-of-Charge or For Nominal Value Receivables are recognised as the amounts receivable when they are due for settlement no more than 30 days Resources received or provided free of charge or for from the date of recognition. nominal value that can be reliably measured are recognised as revenues or expenses. Collectability of receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts that are known to be uncollectable are 3. OUTPUTS OF THE DEPARTMENT written off. A provision for doubtful debts is raised where reasonable doubts as to collection exist. The Government outcomes and Departmental outputs during the reporting period were: k) Accrued Salaries Outcome: Conservation of indigenous plants, animals The Treasury accrued salaries suspense account consists and ecological processes in natural habitats. of amounts paid annually into a suspense account Output 1: Nature Conservation maintained at Treasury over a period of 10 financial years to meet the additional cash outflow in each eleventh year Outcome: Long-term maintenance of the forest when 27 pay days occur in that year instead of the ecosystem. normal 26. No interest is received on this account. Output 2: Sustainable Forest Management The Treasury accrued salaries suspense account balance can be distinguished from the accrued salaries amount Outcome: Community enjoyment and appreciation of that represents the amount due to staff but unpaid at the parks, wildlife and the natural environment without end of the financial year, as the end of the last pay period compromising conservation and management objectives. for that financial year does not coincide with the end of Output 3: Parks and Visitor Services the financial year. Accrued salaries are settled within a few days of the financial year end. The Department Outcome: Astronomical information and services for the considers the carrying amount of accrued salaries to be benefit of the community. equivalent to the net fair value. Output 4: Astronomical Services l) Payables Outcome: The provision of resources and services to the Conservation Commission of Western Australia. Payables are settled on or within 30 days. Shorter terms Output 5: Resources and services provided to the may be applied where discounts are made available. Conservation Commission of Western Australia Obligations to creditors, including accruals not yet billed, are recognised as amounts to be paid in future An Output Schedule of Expenses and Revenue is shown whether or not an invoice has been received before separately. balance date. 4. Operating expenses for 2000–2001 include expenditure of m) Inventories $48.476 million incurred by the Forest Products Division in the period 1 July to 15 November 2000 prior to the Inventories have been valued at the lower of cost and net establishment of the Forest Products Commission on realisable value, apart from publications that are valued 16 November 2000. This expenditure is included under at the wholesale price. Nursery stock at the Narrogin the Sustainable Forest Management output in the Nursery is valued at cost including overheads. Output Schedule of Expenses and Revenue.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 77 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

2000–2001 1999–2000 2000–2001 1999–2000 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) 5. EMPLOYEE COSTS 10. USER CHARGES AND FEES Wages and salaries 66,233 64,158 Royalties and Timber Sales Superannuation 3,773 5,205 - Hardwood Royalties 9,313 28,850 Annual Leave 1,079 450 - Softwood stumpages 5,482 14,151 Long Service (1,637) 2,634 - Sandalwood sales 5,560 11,635 69,448 72,447 - Recovery of Hardwood Harvesting Costs 12,856 41,544 6. SUPPLIES AND SERVICES - Recovery of Softwood Harvesting Costs 9,786 17,610 Services & Contracts 17,446 28,757 Parks and Visitor Services income 6,779 6,236 Materials 24,236 17,836 Recoupable Works Operating Leases 10,308 12,549 - Agency Sharefarming Income 7,090 17,050 Repairs and maintenance 1,465 1,432 - Recoups and Private Grants 29,749 7,675 Other 24 0 86,615 144,751 53,479 60,574 7. DEPRECIATION Buildings, Plant & Equipment 5,266 5,388 Royalties, Timber sales and Agency Sharefarming Income Vehicles 1,916 1,539 totalling $54.217 million in 2000–2001 relate to the Parks and Visitor Facilities 3,476 3,351 period 1 July to 15 November 2000 prior to the 10,658 10,278 establishment of the Forest Products Commission The 2000–2001 depreciation expense of $10.658 million on 16 November 2000. includes depreciation of $0.631 million for the period July to November 2000 for assets subsequently 11. NET PROFIT/(LOSSES) ON DISPOSAL transferred to the Forests Products Commission. OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS Profit on Sale of Non-Current Assets 289 689 8. ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES Gross Proceeds on disposal of Assets 888 2625 Telephones, Postage, Communications 1,765 2,274 Travel Expenses 2,159 2,389 12. OTHER OPERATING REVENUES Resources Received Free of Charge 555 677 Interest received 841 697 Workers Compensation Insurance 594 645 State Grants 3,771 3,283 Other Admin Expenses 1,756 1,023 Other Revenue 6,829 7,008 - Mining Compensation 3,520 3,116 9. GRANTS & SUBSIDIES - Sale of Publications 477 752 Recurrent - Nursery Sales 4,571 2,363 Green Skills Inc 153 38 Shire of Ravensthorpe 60 0 - Royalties & Fees 0 87 World Wide Fund for Nature 50 12 - Other Revenues 1,757 504 Oil Mallee Association of WA 50 0 14,937 10,802 Trees Southwest 36 0 13. CHANGE IN FOREST VALUATION Oil Mallee Company 35 0 Change 0 (126,422) Conservation Council of W.A. 32 0 Greening Western Australia 20 0 AAS35 requires the Change in Forest Asset Values to be Urban Bushland Council 18 0 taken to the Operating Statement. As all forest assets Malleefowl Preservation Group 16 0 were transferred to the Forest Products Commission on Moore River Catchment Group Inc 15 0 its establishment with effect 16 November 2000, there is Birds Australia Group 12 0 no amount shown for 30 June 2001. Yenyenning Lakes Management Group 11 0 14. REVENUES (TO)/FROM GOVERNMENT National Trust of Australia 10 0 Appropriation revenue received during the year: Cockburn Wetlands Education Centre 10 0 Wildflower Society of WA 7 0 - Recurrent 67,174 51,724 WA National Parks & Reserves 6 0 - Capital Works 6,924 20,940 Beverley Natural History Society 5 0 - Salaries & Allowances Act 1975 193 159 Vasse Wonnerup Land Conservation 5 0 74,291 72,823 District Committee The following liabilities have been assumed WA State Coastal Conference 5 0 by the Treasurer during the financial year: Kalgoorlie Boulder Urban Landcare Group 0 46 Various Grants under $5,000 135 7 - Superannuation (2,556) (21) 691 103 Total liabilities assumed by the Treasurer (2,556) (21)

78 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

2000–2001 1999–2000 2000–2001 1999–2000 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

Resources received free-of-charge 20. NON-CURRENT ASSETS Determined on the basis of the following estimates Land at valuation 01/07/00 1,879,546 0 provided by agencies: Land at valuation 01/07/99 0 1,866,181 DOLA 287 318 Land at cost 8,875 11,696 Crown Solicitor’s Office 178 218 Total Land 1,888,421 1,877,877 Office of the Auditor General 90 140 Nursery Infrastructure 0 9,731 Department of Education 0 1 Accumulated depreciation 0 (41) 555 677 0 9,690

72,290 73,479 Buildings at valuation 1996-97, 1997-98, 1998-99 33,094 35,468 Accumulated Depreciation (6,391) (5,046) 15. NET ASSETS ASSUMED (TRANSFERRED) 26,703 30,422 During 2000–2001 Plantation B at (644) (155) Baldivis was sold and the asset Buildings at cost 10,471 4,416 transferred to DOLA at a value of Accumulated Depreciation (948) (576) $M4.7. The Karijini National Park 9,523 3,840 Visitor Centre was transferred to the Plant & Equipment at valuation, 1995-96 4,207 5,890 Department at a value of $M4.036 together Accumulated Depreciation (3,434) (4,604) with $19,000 of other assets transferred. 773 1,286 (644) 155 Plant and Equipment at cost 18,334 20,312 Accumulated Depreciation (9,279) (9,110) 16. CASH AND AMOUNTS IN SUSPENSE 9,055 11,202 - Cash on Hand (CALM Fund) 22,405 18,158 - Petty Cash 36 40 Vehicles at cost 13,907 12,970 - Lane Poole Memorial Trust 0 18 Accumulated Depreciation (8,845) (7,789) - Cash in Suspense 195 5 5,062 5,181 - Accrued Salaries Suspense Account 1,529 1,306 Total Property, Plant, Equipment 24,165 19,527 and Vehicles 1,939,537 1,939,498 17. INVENTORIES Publications & Souvenirs 2,364 1,494 Infrastructure at Valuation, Nursery Stock 7 5,996 Native Forest Infrastructure 0 26,517 Sandalwood 0 2,296 Plantations Infrastructure 0 5,143 Timber on Forest Landings 0 2,145 0 31,660 Timber Technology Stocks 0 251 Infrastructure at Cost 2,371 12,182 Total Infrastructure 31,660

18. RECEIVABLES Timber at Valuation, 30 June 2001 Receivables 9,717 22,826 Native Forest Standing Timber 0 0 Provision for doubtful debts (965) (620) Standing Sandalwood 0 67,296 GST Receivable from ATO 498 63 Plantations Standing Timber 0 178,861 9,250 22,269 Dryandra Mallet 0 91 0 246,248 19. PREPAYMENTS Timber at cost Motor Vehicle License & Insurance 352 376 Maritime Pine 0 12,918 Accommodation 34 46 Administration 6 55 Total Timber 0 259,166 Materials 29 309 Parks and Visitor Facilities 55,307 55,307 Operating Leases 9 145 at valuation, 1997-98 Asset Purchases 3 17 Accumulated Depreciation (12,714) (9,467) Services and Contracts 80 0 42,593 45,840 Other 44 62 557 1,010

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 79 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

2000–2001 1999–2000 2000–2001 1999–2000 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

20. NON-CURRENT ASSETS (CONTINUED) 23. PROVISIONS Parks and Visitor Facilities at cost 5,404 3,024 Employee Entitlements Accumulated Depreciation (364) (136) The aggregate employee entitlement liability recognised 5,040 2,888 and included in the financial statements is as follows: Provision for employee entitlements: Total Parks and Visitor Facilities 47,633 48,728 Current Work In Progress 378 1,838 Current annual leave 4,300 4,462 Total Other Assets 48,011 50,566 Current long service leave 4,143 4,378 Grand Total of Non-Current 8,443 8,840 Assets 1,987,548 2,280,890 Non-current Reconciliations Long service leave 4,846 5,821 Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of asset 4,846 5,821 categories at the beginning and end of the current Total Provisions 13,289 14,661 and previous financial year are set out below: 2000–2001 Plant, Parks & Land Timber Buildings Buildings Total Equipment Visitor & infrastructure under & vehicles Facilities construction

Carrying amount at start of year 27,359 48,728 1,877,877 290,826 34,262 1,838 2,280,890 Additions 5,728 2,381 8,874 2,693 6,229 (1,460) 24,445 Disposals 1,443 0 5,066 0 1,429 0 7,938 Revaluation increments 0 0 7,445 0 1,282 0 8,727 Depreciation 4,517 3,476 0 0 2,034 0 10,027 Write-off of assets 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Assets transferred to FPC 12,237 0 710 293,519 2,083 0 308,549 Carrying amount at end of year 14,890 47,633 1,888,420 0 36,227 378 1,987,548

1999–2000 Plant, Parks & Land Timber Buildings Buildings Total Equipment Visitor & infrastructure under & vehicles Facilities construction

Carrying amount at start of year 17,790 50,057 1,929,920 412,165 31,949 6,009 2,447,890 Additions 14,971 2,066 12,931 5,083 10,804 (4,171) 41,684 Disposals 451 43 2,742 0 7,855 0 11,091 Revaluation increments/decrements 0 0 (62,232) (126,422) 1,339 0 (187,315) Depreciation 4,951 3,352 0 0 1,975 0 10,278 Write-off of assets 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Carrying amount at end of year 27,359 48,728 1,877,877 290,826 34,262 1,838 2,280,890

21. PAYABLES 24. OTHER LIABILITIES Trade payables 6,271 8,262 Current 6,271 8,262 Accrued expenditure 1,628 2,456 Accrued Wages & Salaries 1,503 1,374 22. BORROWINGS (FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIAN Accrued Superannuation 63 842 TREASURY CORPORATION) Accrued Logging Costs 0 2,298 Current borrowings 123 4,200 Accrued Loan Interest 89 1,736 Non-current borrowings 3,687 83,558 Unearned Revenue 0 2,504 Total Borrowings 3,810 87,758 3,283 11,210

80 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

2000–2001 1999–2000 2000–2001 1999–2000 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

25. EQUITY 26. NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS Equity represents the residual interest in the net assets of the Department. The Government holds the equity (a) Reconciliation of cash interest in the Department on behalf of the community. For the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash includes cash at bank and cash equivalent. Distribution to Government The following forestry assets and liabilities were (b) Reconciliation of net cost of services to net cash flows distributed to Government for transfer to the Forest provided by / (used in) operating activities Products Commission for the year ended 30 June 2001:

Forest Infrastructure 31,660 0 Standing Timber 261,859 0 Net cost of services (62,124) (53,000) Plant & Equipment 12,237 0 Non-cash items: Buildings 2,083 0 Depreciation expense 10,658 10,278 Land 710 0 Superannuation liability assumed Inventories 3,006 0 by the Treasurer (2,556) (21) Petty cash 4 0 Resources received free of charge 555 677 Total assets 311,559 0 (Profit) / loss on sale of assets (289) (689) (Increase) / decrease in current assets: Non-current leave 813 0 Accounts receivables 11,496 (3,004) WA Treasury Corporation Debt 75,748 0 Inventories 9,811 868 Total liabilities 76,561 0 Prepayments 452 (635) Other Current Assets 53 (13) Net Distribution to Government 234,998 0 Net GST Receipts (Payment) (451) 0 Increase / (decrease) in employee (2,022) 3,084 Asset Revaluation Reserve 1,845,657 1,906,550 provisions Balance at beginning of year Increase / (decrease) in other (2,475) 4,576 Revaluation during the year: current liabilities - Land 7,445 (62,232) Transfer of Assets and Liabilities (2,197) 0 - Buildings 1,282 1,339 Accounts Payable (2,870) 0 Balance at end of year 1,854,384 1,845,657 Accrued Logging Costs (2,298) 0 Net Cash Used in Operating Activities (44,256) (37,884) The Asset Revaluation Reserve represents that portion of equity resulting from the revaluation of non-current assets. The balance at the end of the year of $M1,854.3 is 27. RESOURCES PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE comprised of Land ($M1,853.1) and Buildings ($M1.2). During the year the following resources were provided to Accumulated Surplus / (Deficit) other agencies free-of-charge: Balance at the beginning of the year 368,330 474,428 DOLA, New roading data 0 7 Change in net assets resulting from 9,522 (106,098) Conservation Commission of 302 0 operations and restructuring Western Australia (expenses) Take-up of minor buildings 302 7 Take-up of Parks and Visitor assets Balance at the end of the year 377,852 368,330

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 81 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001

2000–2001 1999–2000 2000–2001 1999–2000 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

28. COMMITMENTS FOR EXPENDITURE 32. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Write-Offs Non-cancellable operating lease commitments Losses of Public Money and Public or Not later than 1 year 3,739 3,933 other Property Later than 1 year and not later 14,112 15,238 Irrecoverable amounts 26 128 than 5 years Other 25 14 Later than 5 years 3,573 3,761 General (includes thefts reported to 21,424 22,932 Police, lost property and stock taking deficiencies) 1 1 29. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 52 143

Various claims for damages have been lodged against the Public and other property, revenue and other debts due Department. The Department has denied liability and to the State written off in accordance with Section 45 of the Accountable Officer is of the opinion that no material the Financial Administration Act 1985. loss will be incurred. Approved by the Executive Director 52 31 Approved by the Minister / Governor 0 112 52 143 30. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (SEE OPPOSITE)

33. ADMINISTERED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Non Retainable Revenue 31. REMUNERATION AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS OF (Paid to Treasury) 85 91 SENIOR OFFICERS Cash deposits lodged with the 1,245 1,707 Department by contractors Remuneration pending satisfactory performance The number of senior officers, whose total of fees, of the contract. 1,330 1,798 salaries and other benefits received, or due and receivable, for the financial year, fall within the following bands are: 34. EXPLANATORY STATEMENT $ 2000–2001 1999–2000 80,000–90,000 1 2 The Summary of Consolidated Fund Appropriations and 90,000–100,000 0 0 Revenue Estimates discloses appropriations and other – 100,000 110,000 1 5 statutes expenditure estimates, the actual expenditures – 110,000 120,000 4 4 made and revenue estimates and payments into the 120,000 –130,000 1 0 Consolidated Fund, all on a cash basis. 160,000– 170,000 1 0 – 170,000 180,000 0 0 As mentioned in Note 2 (b), the Department operates – 200,000 210,000 1 0 under a Net Appropriation Determination whereby moneys received under the agreement are retained as a source of funds for its operations. The total remuneration of senior officers is: Under the Net Appropriation Determination, CALM’s 1,134 1,163 expenditure outputs are reliant on revenue collected. Retirement Benefits Consequently any variation to revenue collected is In respect of Senior Officers the following amounts reflected in the expenditure outputs of the Department. were paid for the financial year: Contributions to Gold State and West State The following explanations are provided in accordance Superannuation Schemes 74 102 with Treasurer’s Instruction 945. At 30 June 2001, one Senior Officer of the Department was a member of the Superannuation and Family Benefits Act Scheme.

82 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2001 30. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Interest Rate Risk Exposure The Department’s exposure to interest rate risk, repricing maturities and the effective interest rates on financial instruments as at 30 June 2001 was:

Assets Weighted average Floating Fixed interest rate maturities Non interest Total effective interest rate interest rate 1 year or less 1 to 5 years Over 5 years bearing 30-June-2001 % $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Cash resources 5.66% 22,636 22,636 Accrued salaries in Suspense (Held by Treasury) 1,529 1,529 Accounts receivable 9,250 9,250 Total financial assets 22,636 - - - 10,779 33,415

Liabilities Weighted average Floating Fixed interest rate maturities Non interest Total effective interest rate interest rate 1 year or less 1 to 5 years Over 5 years bearing 30-June-2001 % $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Accounts payable 6,271 6,271 Accrued expenditure 1,629 1,629 Accrued salaries & wages 1,503 1,503 Accrued superannuation 62 62 Loan liabilities 8.95% 1,515 1,441 854 3,810 Employee entitlements 13,289 13,289 Total financial liabilities 1,515 1,441 854 22,754 26,564

Net financial liabilities 22,636 (1,515) (1,441) (854) (11,975) 6,851

Credit Risk Exposure Accounts receivable consists of a range of customer groups; with the largest amounts being due from other government agencies for services performed.

Net Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Department’s borrowings of $M3.810 have been assessed by the Treasury Corporation to have a net fair value of $M4.147 as at 30 June 2001. The net fair value of a financial liability is the amount at which the liability could be settled in a current transaction after allowing for the premium required prior to the due date. A total of $75.748 million of forestry-related debt was transferred to the Forests Products Commission associated with its establishment. For comparative purposes, details of the Department’s financial assets and liabilities as at 30 June 2000 were:

Assets Weighted average Floating Fixed interest rate maturities Non interest Total effective interest rate interest rate 1 year or less 1 to 5 years Over 5 years bearing 30-June-99 % $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Cash resources 5.85% 18,221 18,221 Accrued salaries in Suspense (Held by Treasury) 1,306 1,306 Accounts receivable 22,269 22,269 Total financial assets 18,221 - - - 23,575 41,796

Liabilities Weighted average Floating Fixed interest rate maturities Non interest Total effective interest rate interest rate 1 year or less 1 to 5 years Over 5 years bearing 30-June-2000 % $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 Accounts payable 8,262 8,262 Accrued expenditure 2,456 2,456 Accrued salaries & wages 1,374 1,374 Accrued superannuation 842 842 Accrued logging costs 2,298 2,298 Loan liabilities 9.73% 4,200 16,800 66,758 87,758 Employee entitlements 14,661 14,661 Total financial liabilities 4,200 16,800 66,758 29,893 117,651 Net financial liabilities 18,221 (4,200) (16,800) (66,758) (6,318) (75,855)

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 83 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2000–2001 2000–2001 2000–2001 2000–2001 Estimate Actual Variance Estimate Actual Variance ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

SIGNIFICANT VARIATIONS TO ANNUAL ESTIMATES Details of Expenditure Significant variations are considered to be those greater Recurrent than 10% or above $2.5M. Outputs Details of Revenue Output 1 : Nature Conservation 42,819 47,026 4,207 Recurrent Revenue Output 2 : Sustainable Forest Management Less retained revenue - 29,942 86,884 56,942 Section 23A Financial Administration and Audit Act Output 3 : Parks and Visitor Services 1,883 57,414 55,531 29,135 33,922 4,787 Significant increased revenues and expenditures were Output 5 : Services provided to the Conservation experienced for 2000-01due to the retention of the Forest Commission 600 287 -313 Products Division(FPD) operations up to 16th November Nature Conservation 2000 within the Department. From this date onwards the The variance is principally due to unbudgeted expenditure on FPD became the Forest Products Commission (FPC) and wildfire suppression, $2.6 million, voluntary severance operated as a separate entity. The original 2000–01 budget scheme, $0.6 million, additional employer superannuation was published on the basis that the FPC would commence contributions, $0.46 million and recoupable projects, $0.27 operations from 1st July 2000. million.

Amount authorised by other 139 193 54 Sustainable Forest Management Statutes - Salaries and Allowances Act 1975 Refer to comments above against ‘Recurrent Revenue’.

The variance in payments under the Salaries and Allowances Parks and Visitor Services Act relate principally to acceptance by the Executive Director The variance is principally due to unbudgeted expenditure on of a non tenured position in exchange for compensatory wildfire suppression, $0.6 million, voluntary severance allowance. scheme, $0.43 million, expenditure on Trust Fund projects, $1.1 million, additional employer superannuation Less Retained Revenue 42,079 125,200 83,121 contributions, $0.36 million, recoupable projects, $0.68 million, additional recreation activity operations in the Refer to comments above against ‘Less retained revenue - Swan Region, $0.84 million and South Coast Region, Section 23A Financial Administration and Audit Act’ $0.2 million. Other Funding Sources 5,000 10,779 5,779 Services provided to the Conservation Commission The variance is due to increased funds received from mining The variance is due to the later than expected establishment compensation, $1,25 million, and Commonwealth grants for and operation of the Conservation Commission. land purchase, $3.16 million. Capital Repayments 633 8,200 7,567 Capital Revenue The variance represents increased loan repayments from a Item 160 Amount provided for Capital Services for the year number of factors including that the Department carried a 4,791 6,924 2,133 much larger loan than anticipated for most of 2000–01, and The variance relates principally to increased funding application of receivables proceeds to debt retirement. provided for the purchase of conservation land for inclusion in the proposed Blackwood River National Park, $1.833 Capital million, and for pastoral lease acquisition on Dirk Hartog Capital Expenditure 12,191 19,242 7,051 Island, $0.3 million.

Less Retained Revenue 7,400 12,824 5,424 The variance is due principally to unbudgeted expenditure on The variance is due to increased funds received from mining Maritime Pine plantings, $2.75 million, and acquisition of compensation, $1.25 million, Commonwealth grants for land for the proposed Blackwood River National Park, land purchase, $3.3 million, and asset sales, $1.6 million. $5.5 million. Savings in the estimated Tourism Road Note: estimated receipts from the Main Roads WA grant Improvement Program of $0.81 million were experienced. were under by $0.66 million.

84 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2000–2001 1999–2000 2000–2001 1999–2000 Actual Actual Variance Actual Actual Variance ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

SIGNIFICANT VARIATIONS TO 1999-00 OUT-TURNS Details of Expenditure Recurrent Significant variations are considered to be those greater than Outputs 10% or above $2.5M. Output 1 : Nature Conservation Details of Revenue 47,026 41,195 5,831 Output 2 : Sustainable Forest Management Recurrent Revenue 86,884 129,758 -42,874 Less retained revenue 57,414 104,372 -46,958 Output 3 : Parks and Visitor Services - Section 23A Financial Administration and Audit Act 33,922 30,353 3,569 The significant reduction in Section 23A revenues is Nature Conservation attributable to proceeds from timber revenues only being Increased expenditure in this Output mainly relates to available up to 16th November 2000 following the wildfire suppression , $1.2 million, voluntary severance restructure of the Department and the establishment of the scheme , $0.6 million, additional employer superannuation Forest Products Commission. contributions, $046 million, additional research undertaken by CALM Science, $1.2 million, and additional staff leave Item 70 Amount provided to fund outputs for the year payments of $1.4 million. 67,174 51,724 15,450

Increased funding in 2000–2001 relates principally to; Sustainable Forest Management compensation for revenue loss from restructure of The significant reduction in the Sustainable Forest Department, $4.8 million, wildfire suppression, $3.1 million, Management Output expenditure was due to the restructure cost increases, $2.1 million, Cabinet approved initiatives, of the Department and the establishment of the Forest $1.0 million, restructuring arrangements relating to the Products Commission with effect from 16th November 2000. management of forests, $1.5 million, implementation of the Ferguson Committee Report, $2.0 million, Dirk Hartog Island management, $0.35 million, and support for the Parks and Visitor Services Sustainable Forest Management Output, $0.48 million. Increased expenditure in this Output mainly relates to wildfire suppression, $0.25 million, voluntary severance Capital Revenue scheme, $0.43 million, specific purpose Trust Fund projects, $0.36 million, additional staff leave payments, $0.87 million, Less Retained Revenue 445 12,021 -11,576 and additional employer superannuation contributions, - Section 23A of the Financial Administration and Audit Act $0.36 million. The significant reduction in Section 23A retained revenues shown against capital services is principally due to the Capital Repayments 8,200 4,963 3,237 requirement in 1999–2000 to fund the maritime pine project The variance represents increased loan repayments from the by the transfer of Section 23A retained revenues from application of accounts receivable proceeds to debt recurrent services to captial. Maritime pine project retirement. expenditure in 1999–2000 was $12.7 million compared to $2.7 million in 2000–2001. Capital

Item 160 Amount provided for Capital Services for the year Capital Expenditure 19,242 44,570 -25,328

6,924 20,940 -14,016 Reduced capital expenditure relates to several items including; The reduction in the capital appropriation reflects a one-off Maritime pine plantings, $3.5 million, purchase of allocation of $9.5 million in 1999–00 for the purchase of conservation land at the Wellington Dam, $9.5 million, conservation land at Wellington Dam and the reduction of Manjimup nursery construction, $6.5 million, and the forestry activities resulting from the restructure of the balance representing a reduction in forestry activities Department and the establishment of the Forest Products following the restructure of the Department and Commission. establishment of the Forest Products Commission.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 85 APPENDICES APPENDICES

1. Area of Prescribed Burns 1998–99 to 2000–2001 ...... 86 2. Number of Wildfires and Areas by Land Categories ...... 87 3. Area and Number of Wildfires ...... 87 4. Areas Prescribed Burnt within South-West Forest Regions ...... 88 5. Number of Prescribed Burns Conducted within South-West Forest Regions ... 88 6. Trends in the Area of Native Forest Harvested ...... 89 7. Wildlife Licences Issued in 2000–2001 ...... 89 8. Summary of Damage Licences Issued in 2000–2001 ...... 90 9. Offences Under the Wildlife Conservation Act and Regulations ...... 90 10. Publications ...... 91

APPENDIX 1 AREA OF PRESCRIBED BURNS FOR ALL CALM REGIONS 1998–99 TO 2000–2001

1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 Indigenous Vegetation - Hand Burning (ha) State forest 10,883 8,722 4,266 National parks 3,5301 8,0393 4,5283 Nature reserves 5,2791 6,2053 2,1783 Other Crown land and private property 1,000 4,1583 6763 Total 20,692 27,124 11,648 Indigenous Vegetation - Aerial Burning (ha) State forest 51,893 73,889 34,769 National parks 1,776 22,7124 63,1234 Nature reserves 3,244 24,0834 3,2204 Other Crown land and private property 91,9792 9704 2434 Total 148,892 121,654 101,355 Indigenous Vegetation - Silviculture Burning (ha) • Jarrah 13,816 38,485 14,276 • Karri 2,135 1,662 3,345 • Wandoo 110 - - Total 16,061 40,147 17,621 Softwood Plantation - Burning (ha) State forest • fuel reduction 6,896 5,488 7,656 • second rotation clearing burns 370 556 75 Total 7,266 6,044 7,731 Grand Total 192,910 194,968 138,355 Prescribed burns completed post 23 June 2001 not included. For data specific to South-West Forest regions see Appendices 4 and 5. 1 Does not include buffer strips hand burnt within the Kimberley region. 2 This consists of aerially ignited buffers and blocks burnt within the Kimberley (87,094 ha) and Swan (4,885 ha) regions. 3 Does not include buffer strips hand burnt in the Kimberley region. 4 Does not include aerially ignited buffers and blocks burnt in the Kimberley region.

86 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 2 WILDFIRES IN ALL CALM REGIONS 1998–99 TO 2000–2001 NUMBER AND AREA BY LAND CATEGORY NUMBER AND PER CENT BY CAUSE Number Area Burnt (ha) All CALM Regions 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 State forest • native hardwood 93 141 160 2,446 6,770 3,073 • softwood plantation 108 129 153 32 68 187 National parks 31 70 71 251,8211 112,1312 442,3823 Nature reserves 29 55 56 62,498 214,4632 295,2013 Other CALM reserves 12 29 51 916 339,8562 31,668 Other Crown lands 89 84 91 1,089,7501 167,6072 1,053,5454 Private property 76 81 129 27,811 25,989 14,590 Total 438 589 711 1,435,274 866,885 1,840,647 CAUSES Number Per cent 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 Deliberately/illegally lit 215 274 327 49 47 46 Escapes—CALM burns 3 11 5 1 2 1 Escapes—other burning 36 49 47 8 8 7 Accidental—timber industry 2 2 4 0 0 1 Accidental—other industries 17 28 29 4 5 4 Accidental—recreationists 20 14 35 5 2 5 Lightning 54 101 83 12 17 12 Unknown 75 88 151 17 15 21 Other causes 16 22 30 4 4 4 Total 438 589 711 100 100 100 1 The majority of area burnt by wildfires during 1998–99 fire season occurred within the Kimberley and Pilbara regions. 2 Kimberley Region data derived from DOLA fire scar mapping for the principal wildfire period July to October inclusive. APPENDIX 3 AREA AND NUMBER OF WILDFIRES FOR ALL CALM REGIONS 2000–2001

Region State forest State forest National Nature Crown lands native softwood parks reserves and private Total hardwood plantation property Swan Area (ha) 1,157 111 1,178 575 6,985 10,005 Number 72 146 25 23 143 409 Central Area (ha) 236 76 94 7 325 738 Forest Number 46 6 6 4 45 107 Southern Area (ha) 408 - 2,823 198 475 3,905 Forest Number 41 - 14 1 23 79 Sub Total Area (ha) 1,800 187 4,094 780 7,785 14,647 Number 159 152 45 28 211 595 Other Regions outside of South-West Forests Kimberley Area (ha) - - 2,060 73,800 74,5001 150,360 Number - - 2 5 11 8 Pilbara Area (ha) - - 236,201 44,000 329,200 609,401 Number - - 5 1 1 7 Midwest Area (ha) - - 648 4,465 30,065 35,178 Number - - 4 2 11 17 Goldfields Area (ha) - - 132,000 14,550 541,450 688,000 Number - - 1 1 4 6 Wheatbelt Area (ha) - - - 83,036 56,858 139,894 Number - - - 9 9 18 South Coast Area (ha) 1,273 - 67,379 74,570 59,945 203,167 Number 2 - 14 10 34 60 Sub Total Area (ha) 1,273 - 438,288 294,421 1,092,018 1,826,000 Number 2 - 26 28 60 116 Grand Total Area (ha) 3,073 187 442,382 295,201 1,099,803 1,840,647 Number 161 152 71 56 271 711 1 Kimberley Region data derived from DOLA fire scar mapping for the principal wildfire period July to October inclusive.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 87 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 4 AREAS PRESCRIBED BURNT WITHIN SOUTH-WEST FOREST REGIONS FOR 2000–2001

Dominant Forest Area (hectares) Years since purpose Region Winter Spring Summer Autumn last burnt* Strategic fire Swan 7,656 9,464 - 1,610 8 - 15 protection** Central Forest 243 18,308 - 3,623 8 - 16 Southern Forest 2,200 5,114 2,192 - 8 - 30 10,099 32,886 2,192 5,233

Silviculture *** Swan - - - 150 13 Central Forest - 4,281 - 9,425 8 - 12 Southern Forest - 2,754 48 963 6 - 16 - 7,035 48 10,538

Nature **** Swan - 120 - 3,230 4 - 20 Conservation Central Forest - - - - Southern Forest - 16,377 - 70 9 - 14 - 16,497 - 3,300

Tourism and Swan - - - - Recreation Central Forest - 35 - - 6 - 8 Southern Forest - 3 - - -38-- Grand Total by season (ha) 10,099 56,456 2,240 19,071 Grand Total (ha) 87,866 Notes * Does not include softwood plantation burns. ** Strategic fire protection burning also protects nature conservation values. *** Years since last burnt applies to jarrah silviculture only. **** Nature conservation burning also provides community protection benefits.

APPENDIX 5 NUMBER OF PRESCRIBED BURNS CONDUCTED WITHIN SOUTH-WEST FOREST REGIONS IN EACH SEASON FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES IN 2000–2001

Dominant Forest Winter Spring Summer Autumn No. of purpose Region Aero Hand Aero Hand Aero Hand Aero Hand escapes

Strategic fire Swan 6 40* 212- - - 4 1 protection ** Central Forest 1 - 9 4 - - 1 2 2 Southern Forest - 1 2 9 2 3 - - 1

Silviculture Swan ------1 - - Central Forest - - 5 - - - 4 - - Southern Forest - - 1 18 - 1 - 14 -

Nature Swan - - - 1 - - 1 1 - Conservation Central Forest ------Southern Forest - - 3 1 - - 1 1 1

Tourism and Swan ------Recreation Central Forest - - - 2 - - - - - Southern Forest - - - 2 - - - - - Total 7 41 22 49 2 4 8 22 5 Aero Burns (% by season) 18 56 5 21 Hand Burns (% by season) 35 42 3 19

* Predominantly pine plantation burns during winter months. ** Strategic fire protection burning also protects nature conservation values.

88 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 6 TRENDS IN THE AREA OF NATIVE FOREST HARVESTED Jarrah Forest Jarrah/Wandoo Forest Karri Forest Clearfelled or cut Thinned to seed trees ha ha ha ha 1976–77 32,320 1 170 2,610 - 1977–78 26,020 740 4,450 - 1978–79 25,540 530 2,710 - 1979–80 25,150 860 2,110 60 1980–81 22,930 1,440 2,080 180 1981–82 24,680 610 2,180 320 1982–83 23,740 330 990 190 1983–84 21,540 580 1,490 260 1984–85 20,010 1,440 2,360 500 1985–86 22,640 650 1,590 340 1986 19,340 1,150 1,090 490 1987 17,180 1,380 1,310 700 1988 23,400 490 1,180 840 1989 15,130 200 1,510 910 1990 12,960 100 1,560 340 1991 10,910 - 1,920 230 1992 13,990 30 1,540 310 1993 14,250 40 1,630 80 1994 14,050 50 1,440 - 1995 17,830 30 2,410 - 1996 22,320 50 1,300 60 1997 18,240 60 1,870 60 1998 19,250 60 1,970 320 1999 14,200 50 1,890 360 2000 20,570 10 1,310 70 APPENDIX 7 WILDLIFE LICENCES ISSUED IN 2000–2001 Fauna Licences Licences Issued Fauna Licences (Cont.) Licences Issued SCIENTIFIC KANGAROO Scientific Collection (Reg 17) 597 Take Kangaroos for sale (Reg 6) 236 Bird/Bat Banding (Reg 23) 130 Deal in carcasses (Reg 8) 25 EDUCATION & PUBLIC Skin Dealing (Reg 10) 15 (to take) (Reg 15) Processing (Reg 7) 22 Marine interaction 244 Other 133 EDUCATION & PUBLIC EXPORTS INTERSTATE (to hold) (Reg 16) 111 Skins of fauna (or other dead fauna) 25 AVIAN FAUNA Fauna (live) 235 Keep & breed in captivity (Reg 12) 4,281 260 Deal (Reg 13) 56 EXPORT OVERSEAS Breed for Commercial Purposes (Reg 14) 1 Skins of fauna (or other dead fauna) from WA 65 Trap (Reg 11) 4 Emu eggs or products (personal items) from WA 9 SPECIES TRAPPED COMMERCIALLY Number Fauna (avian) from WA (live) 2 Twenty-eight Parrot 460 76 Red-capped Parrot 103 IMPORTS INTERSTATE Western Rosella 291 Skins of fauna (or other dead fauna) into WA 1 Galah 22 Australian fauna (live) 229 FAUNA Live exotic birds and other animals 123 Keep in Captivity (Reg 12A) 121 353 EMUS Total Fauna Licences 6,708 Emu Farming (Reg 14) 26 Dealing (Reg 8) 4 Flora Licences Dealing (Emu eggshells Reg 13) 8 Commercial Purposes 523 Processing (Reg 7) 1 Commercial Producers 416 CROCODILES Scientific/Prescribed Purposes 940 Crocodile Farming (Reg 14) 2 Permits To Take Declared Rare Flora 324 Skin Dealing (Reg 10) 0 2 ,203 Processing (Reg 7) 2

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 89 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 8 SUMMARY OF DAMAGE LICENCES AND DANGEROUS FAUNA LICENCES ISSUED IN 2000–2001

No. of Licences Total No. of Each No. of Licences Total No. of Each Issued Species Authorised Issued Species Authorised to be Taken to be Taken

WATERFOWL OTHER AVIAN FAUNA Eurasian Coot 1 Trap and relocate Australian Bustard 1 2 Little Pied Cormorant 2 7 Australian Raven 33 301 + scare/trap and relocate Maned Geese 14 137 + scare/trap and relocate Black Kite 1 scare only Mountain Duck 3 scare only Brown Goshawk 4 trap and relocate Pacific Black Duck 8 100 Pelican 1 scare only Crested Pigeon 1 7 Corella LB 28 4605 + scare/trap and relocate EMU 59 3805 Little Corella 14 2560 + scare only Galah 30 9350 + scare only DANGEROUS FAUNA Emu 1 1 Kookaburra 1 1 Great White Shark 1 1 Magpie Lark 1 2 Magpie 104 119 Peregrine Falcon 1 scare only Mudlark 1 1 Red-capped Parrot 3 90 Red Wattlebird 1 1 Sacred Ibis 1 scare only S/W Crocodile 12 4 + trap and relocate Silver Gull 6 1600 + scare only Western Grey Kangaroo 5 29 + trap and relocate 28’s 26 1045 + scare/trap and relocate Wedge Tailed Eagles 1 3 MAMMALS Welcome Swallow 1 20 Australian Sealion 3 scare only White-tailed Black New Zealand Fur Seal 4 scare only Cockatoo (Long billed) 5 scare only Euro 29 2900 White-tailed Black Grey Kangaroo 787 81119 Cockatoo (Short billed) 2 scare only Red Kangaroo 25 7350 Southern Brown Bandicoot 1 trap and relocate

APPENDIX 9 OFFENCES UNDER THE WILDLIFE CONSERVATION ACT AND REGULATIONS 2000–2001

Charges Recomm’d Convic- Fines Costs Dismissed Letter of No. Further Pending Charges tions $ $ Warning Action

Use of illegal devices in taking fauna. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Illegal taking or possession of protected fauna. 45 0 0 0 0 22 15 8 Illegal importation, selling or taking for sale of fauna. 9 0 0 0 0 8 1 0 Offences relating to the taking or possession of rare or threatened fauna. 15 1 $500.00 $277.70 0 8 4 2 Illegal taking of protected flora. 66 7 $2,950.00 $259.65 0 26 6 27 Offences relating to the sale of protected flora. 17 3 $1,900.00 $86.55 0 9 4 1 Taking declared rare flora without the Minister’s consent. 33 0 0 0 0 22 5 6 Offences against wildlife officers. 3 2 $750.00 $889.00 0 1 0 0 Failing to comply with licence conditions. 7 4 $1,100.00 $473.10 0 1 0 2

WILDLIFE CONSERVATION REGULATIONS Offences relating to the acquisition, possession, control and disposal of fauna. 76 2 $100.00 $775.40 0 7 9 58 Offences relating to activities on Nature Reserves. 34 4 $1,100.00 $173.10 0 16 7 7 Totals 305 23 $8,400.00 $2,934.50 0 120 51 111

90 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 10 PUBLICATIONS PRODUCED IN 2000–2001

GENERAL Partnerships in Conservation (book) Partnerships in Nature Conservation (booklet) Annual Report of the Department of Conservation and Land Phytophthora Cinnamomi Disease Vol 2 Management 1999-2000 Plants of the Bibbulmun Track (leaflet) CALM Book News (leaflet, 5 issues) Proposed Jurien Bay Marine Park – Have Your Say (leaflet) CALM Bush Rangers Annual Report 2000 Proposed Marine Conservation Reserves in the South West Capes CALM News (newspaper, 6 issues) Region 2001 Organisational Learning and Development Manual Regional Perspective : Dampier Archipelago/Cape Preston CALMfire Safety Bulletin Regional Perspective : Montebello/Barrow Island Carbon Rights in WA (leaflet) Ramsar Wetlands (report) Corporate Plan 2000 – 2005 Safety in Bushfire Control (leaflet) Corporate Plan 2000 – 2005 (pocket size) State Salinity Review Report Herdsman Lake Regional Park Draft Management Plan Threatened Flora Seed Centre (poster) Jurien Bay Marine Park Indicative Management Plan Western Shield Action Pack (schools kit) LANDSCOPE Calendar 2002 Western Shield Newsletter April 2001 LANDSCOPE Expeditions Manual Western Wildlife Newsletter (4 issues) LANDSCOPE Expeditions Program 2001 (catalogue) Whale Watching (leaflet) LANDSCOPE Magazine (4 issues) Wheatbelt Wonders Under Threat - LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) LANDSCOPE – We Miss You (leaflet) Wildflowers of the South - West – Bush Book Managing Fire (leaflet) Your Land Its Future (leaflet) Marine Parks and Reserves Scientific Advisory Committee Annual Report 1999 – 2000 PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES National Parks and Nature Conservation Authority Annual Report 1999 – 2000 A Guide to Lane Poole Reserve (magpaper) Our Observatory (leaflet) A Guide to Shark Bay World Heritage Property (magpaper) Professional Development (flyer) A Guide to the Coral Coast Parks (magpaper) Rowles Lagoon Nature Reserve Management Plan Aboriginal Culture Excursions (leaflet) Safety in Bush Fire Control (booklet) Albany to Denmark National Parks (leaflet) Sensationally Summer Nights (leaflet) An Invitation to Join Us – New Opportunities in 2001 at the Hills Stars and Telescopes (leaflet) Forest (flyer) Turquoise Coast Island Nature Reserves Draft Management Plan Avon Descent : Public Information (flyer) Wedge and Grey Master Plan Avon Valley National Park – Avon Descent (leaflet) We’d like you to be our next Partners (folder and Leaflet) Best Recipes for Interpreting our Heritage (manual) Cape to Cape Walk Track (leaflet) NATURE CONSERVATION Caring for Gnangara Park (leaflet) Coastal Parks to Albany’s East (leaflet) Bundera - Threatened Flora (poster) Dryandra Woodland Ecology Course (leaflet) CALMScience Vol 3 No 3 (journal) Experiencing Whale Sharks in Ningaloo Marine Park (leaflet) CALMScience Vol 3 No 4 (journal) Exploring the Hills Forest (leaflet) Catchment Carers Trail 2001 (leaflet) Exploring the Hills Forest Parents Booklet Celebrate World Environment Day (flyer) Fees and Charges – A Visitors Guide (leaflet) Common Birds of the Kimberley – Bush Book Forest Walk 2000 (leaflet) Discovering Leeuwin – Naturaliste National Park – Discovery Book Francois Peron National Park (leaflet) Encouraging Quendas Wildlife Notes No 5 (leaflet) Go Bush Autumn 2001 (leaflet) Fighting Fire with Fire - LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Go Bush Spring 2000 (leaflet) Geology and Land Forms of the Kimberley - Bush Book How to see the Avon Descent (flyer) Hazardous Animals of North - West Australia – Bush Book John Forrest National Park (leaflet) How to Create a Local Herbarium (book) Julimar Conservation Park (leaflet) How to Manage your Granite Outcrops (booklet) Kalbarri National Park (leaflet) Lake Joondalup Midge Strategy Problem (leaflet) Karijini National Park Visitor Guide (leaflet) Living with Quendas (leaflet) Karri Forest Explorer (poster) Managing a Fiery Change – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Leeuwin Caves Postcards Marine Community Monitoring Manual Monkey Mia Magic (leaflet) Marine Conservation Matters (newsletter, 2 issues) Monkey Mia Newsletter (3 issues) Marine Conservation Reserves in WA (leaflet) Mt Augustus National Park (leaflet) Marine Conservation Reserves Management Concepts in WA (flyer) Nambung National Park (leaflet) Marine Mammal Interaction Logbook National Parks Alive! Perth Hills (folder) Marmion Marine Park (4 posters) Need Information on National Park Passes (flyer) Natural Resource Management WA – Salinity Report Ngauwudu – Mitchell Plateau (flyer) No Take Areas in Marine Management (leaflet) Parks for People – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Nuytsia Vol 13 no 3 (journal) Parks of the Coral Coast (leaflet) Oceans of Wealth - LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Parks of the Plateau – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet)

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 91 APPENDICES

Penguin Island and Shoalwater Islands Marine Park (flyer) Abbott, I., Marchant, N. and Cranfield, R. (2000). Long-term change in Perth Outdoors (magpaper) the floristic composition and vegetation structure of Carnac Island, Purnululu National Park (leaflet) Western Australia. Journal of Biogeography 27. pp. 333-346. Stirling Range and Porongurup National Parks (leaflet) Abbott, I., McGrath, J., Hearn, R., Liddelow, G. and Pearce, C. (2000). The Hills Forest, Nature’s Base (leaflet) FORESTCHECK: an integrated system for monitoring the forests Tour Operator’s Handbook (booklet) of south-west Western Australia: concept plan. Department of Touring WA Newsletter (2 issues) Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-30. Tourism Manual Abbott, I., Wills, A., Burbidge, T. and van Heurck, P. (2000). Arthropod Walk the Bibbulmun Track (poster) faunas of crowns of jarrah (Eucalyptus marginata) and marri Walking Tour (leaflet) (Corymbia calophylla) in Mediterranean-climate forest: a preliminary Welcome to Shoalwater Islands Marine Park and Penguin Island regional-scale comparison. Australian Forestry 63. pp. 21-26. (leaflet) Afonso, C. Martin, R. and Williams, A. [94 authors] (2000). Combined Yanchep National Park Visitor Guide (leaflet) analysis of the binary lens caustic-crossing event MACHO 98-SMC- Yanchep, Perth’s Natural, Cultural meeting Place (leaflet) 1. Astrophysical Journal 532. pp. 340-352. Your Guide to WA National Parks and Forests (leaflet) Albrow, M.D., Beaulieu, J.-P., Caldwell, J.A.R., Depoy, D.L., Dominik, You’re invited to the 2001 CALM Tourism Industry Exchange (flyer) M., Gaudi, B.S., Gould, A., Greenhill, J., Hill, K., Kane, S., Martin, R., Menzies, J., Naber, R.M., Pogge, R.W., Pollard, K.R., Sackett, SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT P.D., Sahu, K.C., Vermaak, P., Watson, R. and Williams, A. (2000). Limits on stellar and planetary companions in microlensing event A New Forest Management Plan for the South West (leaflet) OGLE-1998-BUL-14. Astrophysical Journal 535. pp. 176-189. Adding Value to Forest Products (leaflet) Albrow, M.D., Beaulieu, J.-P., Caldwell, J.A.R., Dominik, M., Gaudi, B.S., Arbor Day Poster 2001 Gould, A., Greenhill, J., Hill, K., Kane, S., Martin, R., Menzies, J., Calculating Sustained Yield for the Forest Management Plan (2004 – Naber, R.M., Pollard, K., Sackett, P.D., Sahu, K.C., Vermaak, P., 2013) Watson, R. and Williams, A. (2000). Detection of rotation in a binary Conserving forests, building communities : An Information Kit microlens : planet photometry of MACHO 97-BLG-41. Astrophysical Firewood collecting in the Collie and Harvey area (leaflet) Journal 534. pp. 894-906. Growing WA Sandalwood from Seed Algar, D. (2000). Introduced predators in the arid zone: the W.A. Indicative Logging Plans 2000 – 2001 Consultation Report experience: considering the impact on reintroductions and the need Investing in Maritime Pine (leaflet) for control. In: Biodiversity and the Re-Introduction of Native Fauna Sandalwood – Fragrant Harvest – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) at Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park: Proceedings of the Uluru-Kuta Sandalwood (leaflet) Tjuta National Park Cross-Cultural Workshop on Fauna Re- Sandalwood Information Sheets No, No2 and No3 Introduction, September 1999. Bureau of Rural Sciences, Canberra. Saving the Giants – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) pp. 50-52. School of Wood Catalogue Algar, D. and Angus, G.J. (2000). Recommendations on a control Seed Notes No1 - Information Newsletter strategy for feral cats at Peron Peninsula, Western Australia: a report Seed Notes No2 – Seed Collection Newsletter to the Project Eden Management Committee. Department of Seed Notes No3 – Eremophila Newsletter Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-60. Seed Notes No4 – Adenanthos Newsletter Algar, D., Burbidge, A.A. and Angus, G.J. (2001). Cat eradication on Seed Price List (booklet) the Montebello Islands (ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island Timber Harvesting in Water Catchment (flyer) Invasives: Practical Actions and Results Achieved at the University Timber Technology Newsletter August 200l of Auckland, 19-23 February 2001. IUCN Species Survival WA Forest Products (magpaper) Commission, Invasive Species Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 11. Wellington Discovery Forest – Educational Opportunities (leaflet) Angus, G.J. and Thomas, N.D. (2000). An assessment of feral cat (Felis catus) abundance at Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve and some SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS AND REPORTS implications for fauna conservation. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-11. Abbott, I. (2000). Impact of agricultural development and changed fire Bartle, J., Olsen, G., Carslake, J. and Cooper, D. (2001). Acacia species regimes on species composition of the avifauna in the Denmark as large scale crop plants in the Australian wheatbelt (ABSTRACT). region of south-west Western Australia, 1889-1999. CALMScience In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential 3. pp. 279-308. of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Abbott, I. (2001). Aboriginal names of mammal species in south-west Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 433-486. Behn, G., McKinnell, F.H., Caccetta, P. and Vernes, T. (2001). Mapping Abbott, I. (2001). Historic record of Australian pelican, Pelecanus forest cover, Kimberley region of Western Australia. Australian conspicillatus, breeding in southwest Western Australia. Western Forestry 64. pp. 80-87. Australian Naturalist 23. pp. 1-7. Biggs, J. (2000). Notes from the institutions: Perth Observatory report. Abbott, I. (2001). Productivity of biologists in CALMScience Division: a Newsletter (Astronomical Society of Australia) 24. pp. 9-10. preliminary benchmarking study. - Draft. Department of Biggs, J. (2000). Star viewing night manual. - Version 4.0. Perth Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-9. Observatory, pp. 1-9. Abbott, I., Burbidge, T. and Wills, A. (2000). 1999 jarrah leafminer survey Birch, P. (2000). Analysis of visitor survey forms used for Perth [MAP]. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Observatory night tours, October 1999-May 2000. Perth Western Australia, pp. 1. Observatory, pp. 1-10. Abbott, I., Burbidge, T. and Wills, A. (2000). Jarrah leafminer cutout Bradshaw, S.D., Morris, K.D. and Bradshaw, F.J. (2001). Water and boundaries, 1985-92, 1996 & 1999 [MAP]. Department of electrolyte homeostasis and kidney function of desert-dwelling Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1. marsupial wallabies in Western Australia. Journal of Comparative Physiology. B 171. pp. 23-32.

92 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 APPENDICES

Brand, J.E. (2000). The effects of management regime and host species Burbidge, A.H., Johnstone, J.E., Fuller, P.J. and Stone, P. (2000). on sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) recruitment near Paynes Find, Terrestrial birds of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia: Western Australia. Rangeland Journal 22. pp. 243-255. contemporary patterns of occurrence. Records of the Western Brand, J.E. (2001). Review of the influence of Acacia species on Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 449-464. sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) establishment in Western Burbidge, A.H., McKenzie, N.L. and Harvey, M.S. (2000). A Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation biogeographic survey of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western and Utilisation Potential of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, Australia: background and methods. Records of the Western 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 1-11. Brand, J.E., Crombie, D.S. and Mitchell, M.D. (2000). Establishment Burbidge, A.A. and Morris, K.D. (2001). Introduced animal eradications and growth of sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) in south-western for nature conservation on W.A. islands: a review (POSTER Australia: the influence of host species. Australian Forestry 63. pp. 60-65. ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island Invasives: Practical Actions Brand, J.E., Fox, J.E.D. and Moretta, P. (2001). Review of research and Results Achieved at the University of Auckland, 19-23 February into sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) tree farm systems in south- 2001. IUCN Species Survival Commission, Invasive Species western Australia. In: Conference Proceedings: Forests in a Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 10. Changing Landscape: 16th Commonwealth Forestry Conference Burbidge, A.A., Morris, K. and Drew, M. (2000). Mammal monitoring, jointly with the 19th Biennial Conference of the Institute of Foresters Barrow Island Nature Reserve, October 2000. Department of of Australia, Fremantle, Western Australia, 18-25 April, 2001. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-27. Promaco Conventions, Perth. pp. 527-535. Burrows, N.D., Burbidge, A.A. and Fuller, P.J. (2000). Nyaruninpa: Broadhurst, L. (2000). Morphometric analysis of variation in Geleznoswia Pintupi burning in the Australian Western Desert. Department of verrucosa Turcz. (Rutaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 13. pp. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-20. 479-490. Burrows, N., Ward, B. and Robinson, A. (2000). Behaviour and some Buist, M., Byrne, M. and Yates, C. (2000). Understanding rarity in a impacts of a large wildfire in the Gnangara maritime pine (Pinus unique wattle (Acacia lobulata) in south-western Australia. pinaster) plantation, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 251-260. Danthonia 9(2). pp. 8-9. Burrows, N.D., Ward, B.G. and Robinson, A.D. (2001). Bark as fuel in a Buist, M., Coates, D. and Yates, C. (2001). Rarity and threat in relation moderate intensity jarrah forest fire. CALMScience 3. pp. 405-409. to the conservation of Acacia in Western Australia (ABSTRACT). Byrne, M. (2000). Disease threats and the conservation genetics of In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential forest trees. In: Forest Conservation Genetics: Principles and of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Practice. CSIRO, Melbourne. pp. 159-166. Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Byrne, M. (2001). The role of genetics in the conservation and utilization Buist, M., Yates, C.J. and Ladd, P.G. (2000). Ecological characteristics of Acacia. In: Abstracts: Society for Conservation Biology: of Brachychiton populneus (Sterculiaceae) (kurrajong) in relation Macquarie University, Sydney, July 13-16, 1998. Shire of Dalwallinu, to the invasion of urban bushland in south-western Australia. Austral Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Ecology 25. pp. 487-496. Byrne, M. and Macdonald B. (2000). Phylogeography and conservation Burbidge, A. (2000). Brimming with birds: Cape Arid National Park. of three oil mallee taxa, Eucalyptus kochii ssp. kochii, ssp. Landscope 16(2). pp. 10-15. plenissima and E. horistes. Australian Journal of Botany 48. pp. Burbidge, A. (2000). Bristlebirds: they’re back!. Watsnu: the Newsletter 305-312. of the Western Australian Threatened Species and Communities Byrne, M., MacDonald, B. and Francki, M. (2001). Incorporation of Unit 7(2). pp. 1-2. sodium sulfite into extraction protocol minimizes degradation of Burbidge, A.A. (2000). Conservation of the biota of the megadiverse Acacia DNA. BioTechniques 30. pp. 742-743. South-West Botanical Province, Australia. Australian Systematic CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Botany Society Newsletter 102. pp. 25-33. Management, Western Australia (2000). CALMScience Burbidge, A.A. (2000). Mammal translocations to Uluru-Kata Tjuta communications. - January-October 2000. Department of National Park: some introductory comments. In: Biodiversity and Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-15. the Re-Introduction of Native Fauna at Uluru-Kata Tjuta National CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Park: Proceedings of the Uluru-Kuta Tjuta National Park Cross- Management, Western Australia (2000). CALMScience: Western Cultural Workshop on Fauna Re-Introduction, September 1999. Australian journal of conservation and land management. - Vol. 3, Bureau of Rural Sciences, Canberra. pp. 57-63. no. 2. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Burbidge, A. (2000). Montebello renewal update. Watsnu: the Newsletter Australia, pp. 87-277. of the Western Australian Threatened Species and Communities CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Unit 7(2). pp. 5. Management, Western Australia (2000). Nuytsia. - Vol. 13, no. 2. Burbidge, A.H. (2000). Western bristlebird annual report, 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 265-409. Australia, pp. 1-4. CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Burbidge, A.H. (2000). Western whipbird research plan: annual report Management, Western Australia (2000). Synopsis of achievements 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western of anticipated outputs and outcomes: strategic plan, 1995-1999. Australia, pp. 1-15. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Burbidge, A. (2001). Bristlebird translocation update. South Coast Australia, pp. 1-43. Threatened Birds Newsletter 5. pp. 1-2. CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Burbidge, A.A., Blyth, J.D., Fuller, P.J., Kendrick, P.G., Stanley, F.J. Management, Western Australia (2001). Business plan, January and Smith, L.A. (2000). The terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the 2001-June 2002. Department of Conservation and Land Montebello Islands, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 95-107. Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-23. Burbidge, A.A. and Fuller, P.J. (2000). The breeding seabirds of Shark CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Bay, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 190-124. Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience Burbidge, A.H., Harvey, M.S. and McKenzie, N.L. (2000). Biodiversity communications. - February 2001-April 2001. Department of of the southern Carnarvon Basin. Records of the Western Australian Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-10. Museum Supplement 61. pp. 1-595.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 93 APPENDICES

CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Biodiversity in Wetlands: Assessment, Function and Conservation. Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience Volume 2. Elsevier, Amsterdam. communications. - November 2000-January 2001. Department of Dawes, G., Wallace, K. and Northfield, P. (2000). Astronomy 2001 : a Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-8. practical guide to the night sky. - Western Australian edn.. Quasar, CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Strathfield. pp. 1-112. Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience Division De Tores, P. and Rosier, S. (2001). Operation Foxglove reaps rewards. business plan: January 2001-June 2002. Department of Western Shield Apr. pp. 2. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-23. Dixon, K., Barrett, R. and Hollick, P. (2000). Orchid species interim CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land recovery plans ESU 00006460: final report submitted to the Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience: Western Commonwealth Threatened Species and Communities Section, Australian journal of conservation and land management. - Vol. 3, Biodiversity Group, Environment Australia. Department of no. 4. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-52. Australia, pp. 405-626. Dumbrell, I.C. and McGrath, J.F. (2000). Effect of fertiliser and growth CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land rate on angle of spiral grain in young Pinus radiata in Western Management, Western Australia (2001). Nuytsia. - Vol. 13, no. 3. Australia. Australian Forestry 63. pp. 142-146. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Dumbrell, I.C. and McGrath, J.F. (2000). Soil water depletion by Pinus Australia, pp. 410-616. pinaster plantations in the 400 mm to 600 mm rainfall zone of Clarke, K. and Langley, M. (2000). The vegetation and flora of the Acourt Western Australia. In: Soil 2000: new horizons for a new century: Road bushland, north Banjup, City of Canning, Jandakot Regional Australian and New Zealand second joint soils conference. Volume Botanic Park: for the Bannister Creek Catchment Group (Inc.). 3, poster papers. New Zealand Society of Soil Science, Canterbury. Wildflower Society of Western Australia, Nedlands. pp. 1-53. pp. 59-60. Coates, D.J. (2000). Defining conservation units in a rich and fragmented Farr, J. (2000). Essigella californica (Monterey pine aphid): a new pest flora: implications for the management of genetic resources and of pines in Western Australia. Department of Conservation and Land evolutionary processes in south-west Australian plants. Australian Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-7. Journal of Botany 48. pp. 329-339. Farr, J.D., Dick, S.G., Williams, M.R. and Wheeler, I.B. (2000). Incidence Coates, D.J. and Atkins, K.A. (2001). Priority setting and the conservation of bullseye borer (Phoracantha acanthocera, (Macleay) of Western Australia’s diverse and highly endemic flora. Biological Cerambycidae) in 20-35 year old regrowth karri in the south west Conservation 97. pp. 251-263. of Western Australia. Australian Forestry 63. pp. 107-123. Coates, D.J., Hopper, S.D. and Farrer, S.L. (2000). Genetics and FitzSimmons, N.N., Limpus C.J., Miller, J.D., Prince, R.I.T. and Moritz, conservation of Australian flora. Australian Journal of Botany 48. C. (2000). Male marine turtles: questions beyond gene flow. In: pp. 287-416. Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Symposium on Sea Turtle Cochrane, A. (2001). Our frozen future. Landscope 16(4). pp. 23-27. Biology and Conservation, 2-6 March, 1999, South Padre Island, Cochrane, A. (2001). Seed collection and long-term storage of some Texas, U.S.A.. pp. 11-13. critically endangered and endangered taxa from the southwest of Franke, B., Gurner, R. and Froend, R. (2001). Wetland vegetation Western Australia: final report to BankWest Landscope Visa monitoring, 2000/2001 (Salinity Action Plan). Edith Cowan Conservation Card Trust. Department of Conservation and Land University, Centre for Ecosystem Management, Joondalup. pp. 1- Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-5. 260. Cochrane, A. and Barrett, S. (2000). Drummond’s grass: from presumed Friend, T. (2000). Numbat Recovery Team: annual report, 1999. extinct to perched on mountain summits. Landscope 16(2). pp. 43- Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western 47. Australia, pp. 1-20. Cochrane, A. and Monks, L. (2001). Partnerships in conservation: a Friend, J.A. (2000). Recovery of the numbat: a long road (POSTER collaborative approach to recovery of Western Australia’s ABSTRACT). In: Australian Mammal Society 2000 Conference: threatened flora. In: Gardens 2001 Congress. pp. 1-2. Program and Abstracts: Alice Springs, 12-14 April 2000. pp. 74. Cochrane, A., Monks, L. and Juszkiewicz, S. (2000). Translocations Friend, J.A. (2001). Medium-term radio-tracking of dibblers, Fitzgerald trials for four threatened Western Australian plant taxa. Danthonia River NP: final report to BankWest Landscope Conservation 9(3). pp. 7-9. VisaCard. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Cooper, D. (2000). What are the optimal within row spacings and number Western Australia, pp. 1-7. of rows for mallee belt plantings?. Dinkum Oil: Oil Mallee Friend, T. (2001). Tools of the trade. Landscope 16(3). pp. 41-47. Association of W.A. Newsletter 18. pp. 10. Friend, T., Anthony, C. and Thomas, N. (2001). Return to Dryandra: Craig, G.F. and Coates, D.J. (2001). Declared rare and poorly known marsupials hop away from extinction. Landscope 16(4). pp. 10-16. flora in the Esperance District. Department of Conservation and Froend, R.H. and Loomes, R. (2001). Relationships between water level, Land Management, Western Australia, Wildlife Management salinity and the emergent and fringing vegetation of Byenup-Muir Program 21. pp. 1-474. wetlands: report to the Dept. of Conservation and Land Crane, C. and Shearer, B. (2001). Impact of Omphalotus nidiformis in a Management. Edith Cowan University, Centre for Ecosystem climax Banksia speciosa community (POSTER ABSTRACT). In: Management, pp. 1-26. Fungimap National Conference 22-26 Jun 2001, Denmark, W.A.. Gathe, J. (2000). 10,000 vouchers. The Plant Press: Western Australian Crombie, S. (2001). How much water do trees use?. Western Wildlife: Regional Herbaria Newsletter 82. pp. 3. Newsletter of the Land for Wildlife Scheme 5(1). pp. 11-12. Gathe, J. (2000). Flora information systems and regional herbaria. The Crombie, S., Harper, R., Smettem, K., Williamson, D. and Farrington, Plant Press: Western Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 8. P. (2000). Reconciling productivity and drought risk in Eucalyptus pp. 6. globulus: a regional perspective (ABSTRACT). In: Proceedings of Gathe, J. (2000). Herbarium celebrates a milestone. CALM News May/ Conference Soils 2000: Making our Science more Useable, Muresk Jun. pp. 4. Institute of Agriculture, Northam, Western Australia, 11-13 July, 2000. Gathe, J. (2001). Coastcare grant. The Plant Press: Western Australian Australian Society of Soil Science (W.A. Branch), Perth. pp. 199. Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 1. Davis, J.A., Halse, S.A. and Froend, R.H. (2001). Factors influencing Gathe, J. (2001). Regional Herbari workshops 2000. The Plant Press: biodiversity in coastal plain wetlands of southwestern Australia. In: Western Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 2.

94 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 APPENDICES

Gathe, J. (2001). Rottnest acquires herbarium. CALM News May/Jun. Western Australia, 11-13 July, 2000. Australian Society of Soil pp. 7. Science (W.A. Branch), Perth. pp. 74-79. Gathe, J. (2001). Tidy Towns talk. The Plant Press: Western Australian Harper, R.J., Hatton, T.J., Crombie, D.S. and Dawes, W. (2000). Phase Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 3, 5-6. farming with trees: the acceleration of farm-forestry to combat Gaynor, A. (2000). Report on the history of the arrival of the feral cat dryland salinity. In: Soil 2000: new horizons for a new century: population in Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 149-179. Australian and New Zealand second joint soils conference. Volume Gibson, N., Burbidge, A.H., Keighery, G.J. and Lyons, M.N. (2000). 3, poster papers. New Zealand Society of Soil Science, Canterbury. The temperate to arid transition of the Irwin-Carnarvon pp. 85-86. phytogeographic boundary, Western Australia. Records of the Harper, R.J., Hatton, T.J., Crombie, D.S., Dawes, W.R., Abbott, L.K., Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 155-173. Challen, R.P. and House, C. (2000). Phase farming with trees: a Gibson, N. and Keighery, G.J. (2000). Flora and vegetation of the report for the RIRDC/LWRRDC/FWPRD Joint Venture Agroforestry Byenup-Muir reserve system, south-west Western Australia. Program. RIRDC publication 00/48. pp. 1-53. CALMScience 3. pp. 323-402. Harper, R.J., Mauger, G., Robinson, N., McGrath, J.F., Smettem, K.R.J., Gibson, N., Keighery, G. and Keighery, B. (2000). Threatened plant Bartle, J.R. and George, R.J. (2001). Manipulating catchment water communities of Western Australia. 1, the ironstone communities of balance using plantation and farm forestry: case studies from south- the Swan and Scott coastal plains. Journal of the Royal Society of western Australia. In: Plantations, Farm Forestry and Water: Western Australia 83. pp. 1-11. Proceedings of a National Workshop, 20-21 July, 2000, Melbourne. Gibson, N., Keighery, G.J. and Lyons, M.N. (2000). The flora and Rural Industries Research and Development Corporation, vegetation of seasonal and perennial wetlands of the southern Canberra. RIRDC Publication 01/20. pp. 44-50. Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. Records of the Western Harper, R. and McGrath, J. (2000). Using soil survey for farm forestry Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 175-199. and greenhouse sink site selection and management. ACLEP Gibson, N., Keighery, G.J. and Lyons, M.N. (2001). Vascular flora of Newsletter 9(1). pp. 8-13. Scott National Park, Camping Reserve 12951 and Gingilup Swamps Harper, R.J., McKissock, I., Gilkes, R.J., Carter, D.J. and Blackwell, Nature Reserve, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 411-432. P.S. (2000). A multivariate framework for interpreting the effects of Gioia, P. and Pigott, J.P. (2000). Biodiversity assessment: a case study soil properties, soil management and landuse on water repellency. in predicting richness from the potential distributions of plant species Journal of Hydrology 231/232. pp. 371-383. in the forests of south-western Australia. Journal of Biogeography Harper, R.J., Ryan, P.J., Booth, T.H., McKenzie, N.J. and Gilkes, R.J. 27. pp. 1065-1078. (2000). Overview of The Australian farm forestry site selection Graham, G., Start, T. and Kendrick, P. (2000). Methods. In: A Land manual. In: Proceedings Australian Forest Growers Biennial Management Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate Conference: Opportunities for the new Millennium, Cairns Surrounds, October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Convention Centre, Queensland, Australia, September 4-6, 2000. Management, Western Australia, pp. 4-7. pp. 8-9. Groves, R.H., Hosking, J.R., Batianoff, G.N., Cooke, D.A., Cowie, I.D., Harper, R.J., Smettem, K.R.J. and Gilkes, R.J. (2000). Land assessment Keighery, G.J., Lepschi, B.J., Rozefelds, A.C. and Walsh, N.G. to integrate trees with agriculture for carbon sequestration, salinity (2000). The naturalised non-native flora of Australia: its control and profit. In: Soil 2000: new horizons for a new century: categorisation and threat to native plant biodiversity. CRC for Weed Australian and New Zealand second joint soils conference. Volume Management Systems, Adelaide. pp. 1-167. 2, oral papers. New Zealand Society of Soil Science, Canterbury. Halse, S.A., Pearson, G.B., McRae, J.M. and Shiel, R.J. (2000). pp. 129-130. Monitoring aquatic invertebrates and waterbirds at Toolibin and Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - April/May 2000. Walbyring lakes in the Western Australian wheatbelt. Journal of Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western the Royal Society of Western Australia 83. pp. 17-28. Australia, pp. 1-10. Halse, S., Shiel, R.J., Froend, R.H. and Cale, D.J. (2001). Biodiversity Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - January/February is multifaceted: cross-taxon congruence in species richness 2000. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western patterns in wetlands (ABSTRACT). In: Final Program & Abstracts: Australia, pp. 1-6. Fenner Conference on the Environment 2001: Biodiversity Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - June 2000. Conservation in Freshwaters, 5-8 July 2001, Canberra. Australian Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Academy of Science, Canberra. pp. 35. Australia, pp. 1-3. Halse, S.A., Shiel, R.J., Storey, A.W., Edward, D.H.D., Lansbury, I., Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - March 2000. Cale, D.J. and Harvey, M.S. (2000). Aquatic invertebrates and Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western waterbirds of wetlands and rivers of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Australia, pp. 1-4. Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Harvey, J.M., Alford, J.J., Longman, V.M. and Keighery, G.J. (2001). A Supplement 61. pp. 217-267. flora and vegetation survey of the islands of the Houtman Abrolhos, Harper, R.J. (2000). Site evaluation for farmland revegetation: paper Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 521-623. presented to Restoration with Native Species Workshop, Kings Park Hingston, B. (2001). Growth plots established in Western Australia. Botanical Gardens, Western Australia, 14 February 2000. Agroforestry News 10(1). pp. 17. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Hislop, M. (2001). Collecting restiads. The Plant Press: Western Australia, pp. 1-5. Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 8. Harper, R.J. and Gilkes, R.J. (2001). Some factors affecting the Hobbs, R.J. and Yates, C.J. (2000). Priorities for action and management distribution of carbon in soils of a dryland agricultural system in guidelines. In: Temperate Eucalypt Woodlands in Australia: Biology, southwestern Australia. In: Assessment Methods for Soil Carbon. Conservation, Management and Restoration. Surrey Beatty, Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton. pp. 577-591. Sydney. pp. 400-414. Hobbs, R.J. and Yates, C.J. (2000). Temperate eucalypt woodlands in Harper, R.J., Hatton, T.J., Crombie, D.S. and Dawes, W. (2000). Phase Australia: an overview. In: Temperate Eucalypt Woodlands in farming with trees: a new weapon in the fight against dryland Australia: Biology, Conservation, Management and Restoration. salinity?. In: Proceedings of Conference Soils 2000: Making our Surrey Beatty, Sydney. pp. 1-5. Science more Useable, Muresk Institute of Agriculture, Northam,

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 95 APPENDICES

Hobbs, R.J. and Yates, C.J. (2000). Temperate eucalypt woodlands in Keighery, G.J. (2001). Cyperaceae of Western Australia. In: Knowing Australia: biology, conservation, management and restoration. the Sedges of Perth: Background Papers for the Workshop held at Surrey Beatty, Sydney. pp. 1-430. Murdoch TAFE, April 28, 2001. South Metropolitan College of TAFE, Hoey, B., Patrick, S. and Cochrane, A. (2000). Awash in colour: painting Murdoch. pp. 1-28. a path through the Murchison 2000. Department of Conservation Keighery, G. (2001). Knowing the sedges of Perth: background and and Land Management, Western Australia, Landscope Expeditions generic conspectus. In: Knowing the Sedges of Perth: Background 37. pp. 1-16. Papers for the Workshop held at Murdoch TAFE, April 28, 2001. Hoey, B., Patrick, S. and Cochrane, A. (2000). Awash in colour: painting South Metropolitan College of TAFE, Murdoch. pp. 1-8. a path through the Murchison, August 4-13, 2000: expedition Keighery, G.J. (2001). A new species of Chamaescilla (Anthericaceae) briefing. Department of Conservation and Land Management, from Western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 475-478. Western Australia, pp. 1-25. Keighery, G.J. (2001). A new subspecies of Isotropis cuneifolia Hollebon, B. (2000). Make your own telescope mirror. Perth Observatory, (Fabaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. 471-474. pp. 1-14. Keighery, G. (2001). Taxonomic notes on the genus Johnsonia Hollister, C., Coad, B., Campbell, R., Hislop, M. and Mahon, B.S. (2000). (Anthericaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. 479-481. WA index of taxonomic literature (current as at 10 August 2000). Keighery, G.J., Keighery, B.J., Gibson, N. and Gunness, A.G. (2001). Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western The vegetation and flora of the Quairading Nature Reserve, Shire Australia, pp. 1-295. of Quairading. Wildflower Society of Western Australia, Nedlands. Hopkins, A.J.M. (2000). Poorly conserved and potentially threatened pp. 1-60. vegetation types in the Western Australian wheatbelt. I, Keighery, G.J., Gibson, N., Lyons, M.N. and Burbidge, A.H. (2000). associations: Project no. N722, National Reserves System Flora and vegetation of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Cooperative Program, Environment Australia: first report. Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western 61. pp. 77-154. Australia, pp. 1-42. Keighery, G., Halse, S. and McKenzie, N. (2001). Why wheatbelt valleys Hopkins, A.J.M. and Horwitz, P. (2000). Community and landscape are valuable and vulnerable: the ecology of wheatbelt valleys and decline in the moorrnongal-boodjar (ABSTRACT). In: Book of threats to their survival. In: Conference Papers: Dealing With Salinity Abstracts: International Symposium on Ecosystem Health, Carlton in Wheatbelt Valleys: Processes, Prospects and Practical Options, Crest, Brisbane, 12th-14th July, 2000. International Society for Merredin, 30 July-1 August 2001. State Salinity Council, Perth. pp. 55-65. Ecosystem Health, Brisbane. pp. 1. Keighery, G.J., Halse, S., McKenzie, N., Gibson, N., Burbidge, A.H. Hopkins, A.J.M. and Langley, M.A. (2000). West Midlands study: project and Gomboso, J. (2000). Salinity: driving the catastrophic collapse status report. Department of Conservation and Land Management, of our ecosystem. Life Lines 6(3). pp. 29-30. Western Australia, pp. 1-12. Keighery, G.J. and Keighery, B.J. (2000). Flora of the Greater Brixton Johnstone, R.E., Burbidge, A.H. and Stone. P. (2000). Birds of the Street Wetlands. In: The Greater Brixton Street Wetlands southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia: distribution, status Management Guidelines, Natural History and Research. Friends and historical changes. Records of the Western Australian Museum of the Brixton Street Wetlands, Perth. pp. 15-33. Supplement 61. pp. 371-448. Keighery, G.J. and Keighery, B.J. (2001). Cyperaceae of the southern Kay, W.R., Halse, S.A., Scanlon, M.D. and Smith, M.J. (2001). Swan Coastal Plain. In: Knowing the Sedges of Perth: Background Distribution and environmental tolerances of aquatic Papers for the Workshop held at Murdoch TAFE, April 28, 2001. macroinvertebrate families in the agricultural zone of southwestern South Metropolitan College of TAFE, Murdoch. pp. 1-7. Australia. Journal of the North American Benthological Society 20. Keighery, G. and Keighery, B. (2001). Perth’s bushland plant biodiversity. pp. 182-199. In: Skills for Nature Conservation: Seminar Series Program, 2001: Kay, W., Scanlon, M. and Halse, S. (2000). AusRivAS in Western Exploring Perth’s Unique Natural Environment, 9 June 2001. pp. Australia. Rivers for the Future 11. pp. 32-36. 1-2. Keighery, B. and Keighery, G. (2001). Biology and weed risk of Euphorbia Kendrick, P., van Leeuwen, S., Bromilow, B. and Hughes, M. (2000). terracina in Western Australia. In: Euphorbia terracina (Geraldton Rock pools and rugged ranges: wildlife of the Nullagine River, 2000. Carnation Weed or Spurge): a Guide to its Biology and Control Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western and Associated Safety Issues: Proceedings of a Workshop Australia, Landscope Expeditions 36. pp. 1-20. Conducted by Environmental Weeds Action Network, 7 October Kendrick, P., van Leeuwen, S., Hughes, M. and Bromilow, B. (2000). 2000. Environmental Weeds Action Network, Perth. pp. 4-7. Rock pools and rugged ranges: wildlife of the Nullagine River, May Keighery, G.J. (2000). Grevillea manglesioides subsp. ferricola Keighery, 22-31, 2000: expedition briefing. Department of Conservation and subsp. nov.. In: Flora of Australia. Volume 17A, Proteaceae 2, Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-18. Grevillea. ABRS/CSIRO, Melbourne. pp. 497. Kenneally, K., Coate, K., Edinger, D. and Morris, K. (2000). Montebellos Keighery, G. (2000). Salinity: 5th horseman of the Apocalypse. Wildflower magic: sailing the Pilbara coast, 2000. Department of Conservation Society of Western Australia Newsletter 38(4). pp. 6-12. and Land Management, Western Australia, Landscope Expeditions Keighery, G. (2000). Salinity: 5th horseman of the Apocalypse. 40. pp. 1-24. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Kenneally, K., Edinger, D., Coate, K. and Morris, K. (2000). Montebellos Australia, pp. 1-10. magic: sailing the Pilbara coast, October 21-29, 2000: expedition Keighery, G.J. (2000). Significant weed flora of the Greater Brixton Street briefing. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Wetlands. In: The Greater Brixton Street Wetlands Management Western Australia, pp. 1-23. Guidelines, Natural History and Research. Friends of the Brixton Kinal, J. (2001). Using ground-based electromagnetic induction to Street Wetlands, Perth. pp. 33-34. estimate soil salt storage in south west forests: final report on SPP Keighery, G. (2000). Wheatbelt wonders under threat. Landscope 16(2). 1999/09. pp. 1-33. pp. 37-42. Lamont, B.B., Swanborough, P.W. and Ward, D. (2000). Plant size and Keighery, G.J. (2001). Calectasia browneana Keighery, K.W.Dixon & season of burn affect flowering and fruiting of the grasstree R.L.Barrett. Nuytsia 13. pp. 419-424. Xanthorrhoea preissii. Austral Ecology 25. pp. 268-272. Keighery, G.J. (2001). Calectasia gracilis Keighery. Nuytsia 13. pp. 424- Lander, N. (2000). Everlastings. Western Wildlife: Newsletter of the Land 426. for Wildlife Scheme 4(4). pp. 6-7.

96 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 APPENDICES

Lane, J., Jaensch, R., Lynch, R. and Elscot, S. (2001). Western Australia. McCarthy, A. (2001). Oil mallee establishment and carbon credits. In: A Directory of Important Wetlands in Australia, 3rd edn.. Dinkum Oil: Oil Mallee Association of W.A. Newsletter 19. pp. 11. Environment Australia, Canberra. http://www.environment.gov.au/ McCauley, R.D., Fewtrell, J., Duncan, A.J., Jenner, C., Jenner, M.-N., wetlands/wet2.html pp. 103-115. Penrose, J.D., Prince, R.I.T., Adhitya, A., Murdoch, J. and McCabe, Lepschi, B.J. (2000). A review of the genus Lythrum (Lythraceae) in K. (2000). Marine seismic surveys: a study of environmental Western Australia, including typification of L. paradoxum. Nuytsia implications. APPEA Journal 40. pp. 692-708. 13. pp. 273-282. McCauley, R.D., Fewtrell, J., Duncan, A.J., Jenner, C., Jenner, M.-N., Lepschi, B.J. and Manning, J.C. (2000). A taxonomic review of the Penrose, J.D., Prince, R.I.T., Adhitya, A., Murdoch, J. and McCabe, naturalized species of Babiana (Iridaceae) occurring in Western K. (2000). Marine seismic surveys: analysis and propagation of Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 283-292. air-gun signals and effects of air-gun exposure on humpback Lewington, M. (2000). The plant press : Western Australian Regional whales, sea turtles, fishes and squid: prepared for Australian Herbaria newsletter. - Volume 8. Department of Conservation and Petroleum Production Exploration Association. Curtin University Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-8. of Technology, Centre for Marine Science and Technology, Perth. Lewington, M. (2001). The plant press : Western Australian Regional pp. 1-198. Herbaria newsletter. - Volume 9. Department of Conservation and McCaw, L. (2000). Synopsis of the knowledge used in prescribed burning Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-8. in Victoria, Kevin G. Tolhurst and N.P. Cheney (BOOK REVIEW). Lewington, M. (2001). Treasures of the Turquoise Coast: Jurien Australian Forestry 63. pp. 235. community conference. The Plant Press: Western Australian McCaw, L., Gould, J.S. and Cheney, N.P. (2001). Prediction of high- Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 7. intensity forest fires in eucalypt forests (ABSTRACT). In: Liddelow, G. and Ward, B. (2000). Buckshot and breakaways: plants Conference proceedings: Forests in a Changing Landscape: 16th and animals of the Gibson Desert, 2000. Department of Commonwealth Forestry Conference jointly with the 19th Biennial Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, Conference of the Institute of Foresters of Australia, Fremantle, Landscope Expeditions 38. pp. 1-12. Western Australia, 18-25 April 2001. pp. 1. Liddelow, G., Ward, B., Adams, P. and Charand, O. (2000). Buckshots McCaw, L., Hagan, R. and Gould, J. (2001). Managing fire in regrowth and breakaways: plants and animals of the Gibson Desert, eucalypt forests. In: Intensive Management of Regrowth Forests September 4-15, 2000: expedition briefing. Department of for Wood Production in Australia: a Review of Current Practice Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-20. and Future Potential. CSIRO Forestry and Forest Products, Longman, V.M., Harvey, J.M. and Keighery, G.J. (2000). Bryophyllum Canberra. pp. 39-43. delagoense (Crassulaceae): a new weed for Western Australia and McCaw, W.L., Smith, R.H. and Neal, J.E. (2000). Post fire recruitment a potentially serious problem for the Abrolhos Island. Nuytsia 13. of red tingle (Eucalyptus jacksonii) and karri (Eucalyptus pp. 399-401. diversicolor) following low-moderate intensity prescribed fires near Lyons, M.N., Keighery, G.J., Gibson, N. and Wardell-Johnson, G. (2000). Walpole, south-west Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 87-94. The vascular flora of the Warren bioregion, south-west Western McDonald, M.W. and Maslin, B.R. (2000). A taxonomic revision of Australia: composition, reservation status and endemism. salwoods: Acacia aulacocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. and its allies CALMScience 3. pp. 181-250. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: section Juliflorae). Australian Macfarlane, T. (2000). Useful native grasses in south west Western Systematic Botany 13. pp. 21-78. Australia. In: Native Grasses: Revegetation on Farms Information McEvoy P. and Pinder, A.M. (2000). Aquatic oligochaetes of South Kit. Agriculture Western Australia, pp. 1-5. Australia (POSTER ABSTRACT). In: Book of Abstracts: VIII Marchant, N. (2000). Karri forest in microcosm: William Bay National International Symposium on Aquatic Oligochaeta: Bilbao, 18-22 Park. Landscope 16(1). pp. 42-47. July 2000. University of the Basque Country, Bilbao, Spain. pp. 64. Marchant, N. (2000). We need operating funds. The Plant Press: McKenna, S. and Burrows, N. (2001). Colin a finalist in top science Western Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 8. pp. 1, 4. awards. CALM News May/Jun. pp. 5. Marchant, N. (2001). The CALM Herbarium’s Weed Information Network McKenzie, N.L., Hall, N. and Muir, W.P. (2000). Non-volant mammals (WIN). Western Wildlife: Newsletter of the Land for Wildlife Scheme of the southern Carnarvon basin, Western Australia. Records of 5(2). pp. 12. the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 479-510. Marchant, N. (2001). Funding issues. The Plant Press: Western McKenzie, N.L., Halse, S.A. and Gibson, N. (2000). Some gaps in the Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 1. reserve system of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. Marlow, N.J., Thomson, P.C., Algar, D., Rose, K., Kok, N.E. and Sinagra, Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. J.A. (2000). Demographic characteristics and social organisation 547-567. of a population of red foxes in a rangeland area in Western Australia. McKenzie, N.L., Keighery, G.J., Gibson, N. and Rolfe, J.K. (2000). Wildlife Research 27. pp. 457-464. Patterns in the biodiversity of terrestrial environments in the Martin, R. (2000). The detection of synthetic supernovae in galaxy southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. Records of the images. Perth Observatory, pp. 1-9. Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 511-546. Maslin, B. (2000). Acacia seed for human consumption in the wheatbelt McKenzie, N.L. and Muir, W.P. (2000). Bats of the southern Carnarvon region of south-west Western Australia. In: Proceedings of Native Basin, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Foods Symposium, Muresk, 18 April 2000. Museum Supplement 61. pp. 465-477. Maslin, B.R. (2001). Australian dryland acacias with edible seeds McKenzie, N.L., Rolfe, J.K., Aplin, K., Cowan, M. and Smith, L.A. (2000). (ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Herpetofauna of the southern Carnarvon basin, Western Australia. Utilisation Potential of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. 335-360. Maslin, B.R. (2001). Is systematics critical for effective utilisation and McNamara, K., Brandis, T. and Hopkins, A. (2000). Filling the gaps: conservation of Acacia? (ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Symposium: the building a reserve system in the Gascoyne-Murchison region. Conservation and Utilisation Potential of Australian Dryland Acacias: Landscope 15(4). pp. 43-48. 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Shire of Millar, M.A., Byrne, M., Coates, D.J., Stukely, M.J.C. and McComb, Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1-2. J.A. (2000). Mating system studies in jarrah, Eucalyptus marginata (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48. pp. 475-479.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 97 APPENDICES

Miller, J., Maslin, B.R., Andrew, R. and Bayer, R. (2001). Towards an Obbens, F. (2000). Critically endangered W.A. flora: monitoring and understanding of variation within the mulga complex (Acacia anura weed control research (1998 to 2000): ESP project number 564: and relatives) using nuclear DNA techniques (ABSTRACT). In: final report submitted to the Commonwealth Threatened Species Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential of and Communities Section, Biodiversity Group, Environment Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Western Australia, pp. 1-52. Monks, L. and Coates, D. (2001). The translocation of two critically Paczkowska, G. and Chapman, A.R. (2000). The Western Australian endangered Acacia species (POSTER ABSTRACT). In: Acacia flora: a descriptive catalogue. Wildflower Society of Western Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential of Australian Australia, Nedlands. pp. 1-652. Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Patrick, S.J. (2000). Threatened flora management plan for CALM’s Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Geraldton District: project no. 446: annual report, January 2000. Monks, L. and Gibson, N. (2000). Changes in peripheral vegetation of Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western the Peel-Harvey Estuary 1994-1998. Department of Conservation Australia, pp. 1-4. and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-98. Patrick, S. (2001). Awash with colour : a Landscope Expedition with a Moore, R. (2001). Eucalypts for sawlogs: a pilot project in Western difference. Landscope 16(3). pp. 28-35. Australia. Agroforestry News 10(1). pp. 16. Patrick, S. (2001). Botanical survey with the aid of volunteers: a study Moro, D. (2001). Evaluation and cost benefits of controlling house mice of the vegetation on a Murchison station (POSTER ABSTRACT). Mus domesticus on islands: an example from Thevenard Island, In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential Western Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island Invasives: of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Practical Actions and Results Achieved at the University of Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Auckland, 19-23 February 2001. IUCN Species Survival Patrick, S. (2001). Declared rare and poorly known flora in the Geraldton Commission, Invasive Species Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 26. District. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Moro, D. and Morris, K. (2000). Population structure and dynamics of Western Australia, Wildlife Management Program 26. pp. 1-664. sympatric house mice, Mus domesticus, and Lakeland Downs short- Patrick, S.J. and Brown, A.P. (2001). Declared rare and poorly known tailed mice, Leggadina lakedownensis, on Thevenard Island, flora in the Moora district. Department of Conservation and Land Western Australia. Wildlife Research 27. pp. 257-268. Management, Western Australia, Wildlife Management Program Morris, K. (2000). Dasyurid recovery in Western Australia: the role of 28. pp. 1-639. captive breeding and translocation (ABSTRACT). In: Marsupial Pearson, D. (2000). Great desert skink. Landscope 16(2). pp. 36. CRC Science Meeting, Akaroa, NZ 17-20 February 2000. Pearson, D. (2000). Research project: mulgaras and associated rare Morris, K. (2000). Fauna translocations in Western Australia, 1971-1999: dasyurids of the north-eastern goldfields: annual report 2000 for an overview. In: Biodiversity and the Re-Introduction of Native Western Mining Corporation, Mt Keith Operations. Department of Fauna at Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park: Proceedings of the Uluru- Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-10. Kuta Tjuta National Park Cross-Cultural Workshop on Fauna Re- Pearson, D. and Jones, B. (2000). Lancelin Island Skink recovery plan. Introduction, September 1999. Bureau of Rural Sciences, Canberra. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western pp. 64-74. Australia, Wildlife Management Program 22. pp. 1-14. Morris, K.D. (2000). The status and conservation of native rodents in Pearson, D. and Turner, J. (2000). Marsupial moles pop up in the Great Western Australia. Wildlife Research 27. pp. 405-419. Victoria and Gibson deserts. Australian Mammology 22. pp. 115-119. Morris, K. (2000). Western Shield: the recovery of W.A.’s vertebrate Pearson, G., Goeij, P. de, Honkoop, P., Lavaleye, M., Piersma, T. and fauna (ABSTRACT). In: Australian Association of Veterinary Rogers, D. (2000). Flying for a feast: shorebird heaven on the Eighty Conservation Biologists Annual Conference 26 June, 2000. Mile Beach, October 8-14, 2000: expedition briefing. Department Morris, K.D. (2001). The control of the introduced black rat on Barrow of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-20. and adjacent islands off the north west coast of Western Australia Perth Observatory (2000). Stars and telescopes: Perth Observatory (ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island Invasives: Practical Actions tours, September 2000 to August 2001 (PAMPHLET). Department and Results Achieved at the University of Auckland, 19-23 February of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-6. 2001. IUCN Species Survival Commission, Invasive Species Pilbeam, R.A., Colquhoun, I.J., Shearer, B. and Hardy, G.E. St. J. (2000). Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 26. Phosphite concentration: its effect on phytotoxicity symptoms and Morris, K.D. and Burbidge, A.A. (2001). Translocations of threatened colonisation by Phytophthora cinnamomi in three understorey vertebrates to islands and peninsulas in Western Australia species of Eucalyptus marginata forest. Australasian Plant (ABSTRACT). In: The Ecology of Insular Biotas, Victoria University Pathology 29. pp. 86-95. of Wellington, 11-17 February 2001. Victoria University of Pinder, A.M. (2000). Diversity and zoogeography of freshwater Wellington, Wellington. pp. 32. oligochaetes from Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Book of Abstracts: Morris, K., Liddelow, G. and Johnson, B. (2000). Beyond the dreaming: VIII International Symposium on Aquatic Oligochaeta: Bilbao, 18- Project Eden, September 22-29, 2000: expedition briefing. 22 July 2000. University of the Basque Country, Bilbao, Spain. pp. 75. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Pinder, A.M. and Brinkhurst, R.O. (2000). A review of the Tubificidae Australia, pp. 1-17. (Annelida: Oligochaeta) from Australian inland waters. Memoirs of Morris, K., Speldewinde P. and Orell, P. (2000). Djoongari (Shark Bay Museum Victoria 58. pp. 39-75. mouse) recovery plan, 1992-2001. - 3rd edn.. Department of Pinder, A.M. and Erséus, C. (2000). New Phreodrilidae (Annelida: Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, Wildlife Clitellata) from Tasmanian estuaries. Papers and Proceedings of Management Program 17. pp. 1-16. the Royal Society of Tasmania 134. pp. 29-33. Morris, K., Varley, J., Liddelow, G. and Ward, B. (2000). Beyond the Pinder, A.M., Halse, S.A., Shiel, R.J. and McRae, J.M. (2000). Granite dreaming: Project Eden, 2000. Department of Conservation and outcrop pools in south-western Australia: foci of diversification and Land Management, Western Australia, Landscope Expeditions 39. refugia for aquatic invertebrates. Journal of the Royal Society of pp. 1-12. Western Australia 83. pp. 149-161. Nguyen, V. (2000). A diet study of Australia’s most critically endangered Pinder, A.M., Halse, S.A., Shiel, R.J., McRae, J.M., Cale, D.J. and mammal, Gilbert’s potoroo, Potorous gilbertii (Marsupialia: Pennifold, M.G. (2001). Diversity, endemism and conservation of Potoroidae). Thesis (B.Sc.(Hons.)) — Edith Cowan University. pp. 1-104. the invertebrate fauna of saline wetlands in south-western Australia.

98 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 APPENDICES

In: Book of Abstracts: Societas Internationalis Limnologiae 2001, Simmons, L.W., Beesley, L., Lindhjem, P., Newbound, D., Norris, J. XXVIII Congress, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia. Monash and Wayne, A. (2000). Nuptial feeding by male bushcrickets: an University, Melbourne. pp. 167. indicator of male quality?. Behavioral Ecology 10. pp. 263-269. Porter, W.M., Bartle, J. and Cooper, D. (2001). Fitting perennials into Smith, G.T. and McKenzie, N.L. (2000). Biogeography of scorpion an annual world. In: Conference Papers: Dealing With Salinity in communities in the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. Wheatbelt Valleys: Processes, Prospects and Practical Options, Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. Merredin, 30 July-1 August 2001. State Salinity Council, Perth. pp. 269-279. 127-148. Speldewinde, P. and Morris, K. (2000). The re-introduction of the woylie, Prince, R.I.T. (2000). The Western Australian Marine Turtle Project. In: Bettongia penicillata, to Peron Peninsula, Shark Bay (ABSTRACT). Sea Turtles of the Indo-Pacific: Research, Management & In: Australian Mammal Society 2000 Conference: Program and Conservation. ASEAN Academic Press, London. pp. 94-99. Abstracts: Alice Springs, 12-14 April 2000. pp. 22. Prince, R.I.T. (2001). Aerial survey of the distribution and abundance of Spooner, A. and Gioia, P. (2001). Gaps in our knowledge of the dugongs and associated macrovertebrate fauna: Pilbara coastal distribution of our flora. The Plant Press: Western Australian and offshore region, WA: completion report. Department of Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 4. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-39. Start, A.N., Anstee, S.D. and Endersby, M. (2000). A review of the biology Robinson, R.M. (2000). The effect of wildfire on the fruiting of macrofungi and conservation status of the ngadji Pseudomys chapmani in regrowth karri forests. II, results from the second year of Kitchener, 1980 (Rodentia: Muridae). CALMScience 3. pp. 125-147. monitoring: SPP 98/0015 progress report. Department of Start, T. and Graham, G. (2000). Quadrat analysis. In: A Land Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-26. Management Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate Robinson, R.M. (2001). The effect of wildfire on the fruiting of macrofungi. Surrounds, October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land III, results from the third year of monitoring: SPP 98/0015 progress Management, Western Australia, pp. 59-65. report. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Start, A.N., Handasyde, T. and Barrett, R.L. (2001). Environmental Western Australia, pp. 1-30. management issues on the Yampi Sound Defence Training Area Robinson, R. (2001). Fruits of fire. Landscope 16(4). pp. 48-53. (YSTA), Derby, Western Australia: recommendations for the Robinson, R.M., Sturrock, R.N., Davidson, J.J., Ekramoddoullah, A.K.M. Australian Heritage Commission. Department of Conservation and and Morrison, D.J. (2000). Detection of a chitinase-like protein in Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-9. the roots of Douglas-fir trees infected with Armillaria ostoyae and Start, T. and Kendrick, P. (2000). Fauna. In: A Land Management Phellinus weirii. Tree Physiology 20. pp. 493-502. Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate Surrounds, Rolfe, J.K. and McKenzie N.L. (2000). Comparison of methods used to October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Management, capture herpetofauna: an example from the Carnarvon Basin. Western Australia, pp. 33-45. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. Storey, A.W., Halse, S.A. and Shiel, R. (2000). Aquatic fauna and water 360-370. chemistry. In: A Land Management Assessment of Mandora Marsh Ryan, P. and Brand, J. (2001). Sandalwood: a lucrative solution to salinity and its Immediate Surrounds, October 1999. Department of problem. CALM News Jan/Feb. pp. 6. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 66-77. Rye, B.L. (2000). (1472) Proposal to conserve the name Dicrastylis Thomas, N.D. and Whisson, L. (2001). Farewell felines of Faure: follow- against Lachnocephalus and Mallophora (Prostantheroideae: up survey of feral cats on Faure Island. Department of Conservation Lamiaceae). Taxon 49. pp. 815-816. and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-5. Rye, B.L. (2000). Brachysola (Lamiaceae: Prostantheroideae), a new Thomson, P.C. and Algar, D. (2000). The uptake of dried meat baits by Western Australian genus. Nuytsia 13. pp. 331-338. foxes and investigations of baiting rates in Western Australia. Rye, B.L. (2000). Trymalium monospermum (Rhamnaceae), a new Wildlife Research 27. pp. 451-456. species from south-western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 339-343. Thomson, P.C., Marlow, N.J., Rose, K. and Kok, N.E. (2000). The Rye, B.L. (2001). A taxonomic update of Stenanthemum (Rhamnaceae: effectiveness of a large-scale baiting campaign and an evaluation Pomaderreae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 495-507. of a buffer zone strategy for fox control. Wildlife Research 27. pp. Rye, B.L. and Trudgen, M.E. (2000). Aluta, a new Australian genus of 465-472. Myrtaceae. Nuytsia 13. pp. 345-366. Tommerup, I.C., Dobrowolski, M.P., Hüberli, D., O’Brien, P.A., Hardy, Rye, B.L. and Trudgen, M.E. (2001). A taxonomic revision of G.E. St. J. and Shearer, B.L. (2000). Risks and threats due to genetic Thryptomene section Thryptomene (Myrtaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. variation in Phytophthora cinnamomi for disease management in 509-528. natural vegetation ecosystems. In: Phytophthora Diseases of Forest Sage, L.W. (2000). New taxa in Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) from the Trees: IUFRO Working Party 70.02.09 First International Meeting south-west of Western Australia, with an update to the Goodenia on Phytophthoras in Forest and Wildland Ecosystems, Grants Pass, key in the Flora of Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 367-377. Oregon, USA, August 30-September 3 1999. pp. 55-63. Sage, L.W. (2001). New taxa in Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) from the Utting, M. (2000). Astronomy in Western Australia. Volume III, 1940- Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 529-536. 1962. Perth Observatory, pp. 1-131. Sage, L.W., Lloyd, S.G. and Pigott, J.P. (2000). Sagittaria platyphylla Van Heurck, P.F., Burbidge, T. and Wheeler, I. (2000). Invertebrate (Alismataceae), a new aquatic weed threat in Western Australia. biodiversity in the tingle and other forests of the Walpole-Nornalup Nuytsia 13. pp. 403-405. National Park in south western Australia. Department of Shearer, B.L. and Smith, I.W. (2000). Diseases of eucalypts caused by Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-80. soilborne species of Phytophthora and Pythium. In: Diseases and Vernes, T. (2000). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 9. Pathogens of Eucalypts. CSIRO, Collingwood. pp. 259-291. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Shiel, R.J., Green, J.D. and Halse, S.A. (2001). Copepods of ephemeral Australia, pp. 1-5. waters in arid and temperate Australia. In: Program & Abstracts: Vernes, T. (2000). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 10. Fifth International Crustacean Congress and Summer 2001 Meeting Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western of The Crustacean Society, 9-13 July 2001, the University of Australia, pp. 1-8. Melbourne, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. University of Melbourne, Vernes, T. (2000). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 11. Melbourne. pp. 132. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-8.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 99 APPENDICES

Vernes, T. (2000). Santalum album in the Top End, Northern Territory, Wilkinson, C.J., Shearer, B.L., Jackson, T.J. and Hardy, G.E. St. J. Australia. Sandalwood Research Newsletter 9. pp. 2-3. (2001). Variation in sensitivity of Western Australian isolates of Vernes, T. (2001). Preliminary results from Santalum macgregorii ex Phytophthora cinnamomi to phosphite in vitro. Plant Pathology 50. situ conservation planting. Sandalwood Research Newsletter 13. pp. 6-7. pp. 83-89. Vernes, T. (2001). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 12. Williams, A. (2000). Perth Observatory DNS and WWW proxy services. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Perth Observatory, pp. 1-5. Australia, pp. 1-8. Williams, A. (2000). An unusually late marbled Xenica observation. Vernes, T. (2001). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 13. Newsletter of the Western Australian Insect Study Society Apr. pp. 4. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Williams, A.R. (2001). An illustrated key to the perennial grasses of the Australia, pp. 1-8. Avon wheatbelt of Western Australia. Western Australian Herbarium, Ward, D. (2000). Trouble in the tuart: a brief fire history. Department of Perth. pp. 1-43. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-25. Williams, A. (2001). Long-tailed pea-blue (Lampides boeticus). Newsletter Ward, D.J. and Lamont, B.B. (2000). Probability of grasstrees of the Western Australian Insect Study Society Feb. pp. 2-3. (Xanthorrhoea preissii) flowering after fire. Journal of the Royal Williams, A.A.E. and Powell, R.J. (2000). Butterflies on Rottnest Island. Society of Western Australia 83. pp. 13-16. Landscope 15(4). pp. 23-27. Wardell-Johnson, G.W. (2000). Responses of forest eucalypts to Williams, M. (2000). Northern butterflies visiting Perth. Newsletter of moderate and high intensity fire in the tingle mosaic, south-western the Western Australian Insect Study Society Feb. pp. 4-5. Australia: comparisons between locally endemic and regionally Williams, M.R. (2001). Grasstrees and woody plants as bio-indicators distributed species. Austral Ecology 25. pp. 409-421. of past growing conditions and the patchiness of past fires: final Wardell-Johnson, G. and Williams, M. (2000). Edges and gaps in mature report to the Department of Conservation and Land Management. karri forest, south-western Australia: logging effects on bird species Curtin University of Technology, Perth. pp. 1-15. abundance and diversity. Forest Ecology and Management 131. Williams, M. (2001). More on wedge skippers. Newsletter of the Western pp. 1-21. Australian Insect Study Society Jun. pp. 8. Watts, C.H.S. and Pinder, A. (2000). Two new species of Antiporus Willing, T. and Handasyde, T. (2000). Vegetation & flora. In: A Land Sharp from Western Australia (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae). Records Management Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate of the South Australian Museum 33. pp. 17-19. Surrounds, October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Wayne, A., Rooney, J., Ward, C., Wheeler, I. and Mellican, A. (2001). Management, Western Australia, pp. 19-32. Spotlight surveys to investigate the impacts of timber harvesting Wills, A., Tay, F., Stukely, M. and Burbidge, T. (2000). Crown decline in and associated activities within the jarrah forest of Kingston State wandoo, 1999-2000. Department of Conservation and Land Forest, with particular reference to the koomal (Trichosurus Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-17. vulpecula) and ngwayir (Pseudocheirus occidentalis): Kingston Wilson, P.G. (2001). Leiocarpa, a new Australian genus of the Project progress report. Department of Conservation and Land Asteraceae tribe Gnaphalieae. Nuytsia 13. pp. 595-605. Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-30. Wilson, P.G. (2001). Leptorhynchos (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), notes, Wayne, A., Ward, C., Rooney, J. and Wheeler, I. (2000). The immediate new taxa and a lectotypification. Nuytsia 13. pp. 607-611. impacts of timber harvesting and associated activities on the Wilson, P. (2001). Salacious samphires. Western Wildlife: Newsletter ngwayir (Pseudocheirus occidentalis) in the jarrah forest of Kingston of the Land for Wildlife Scheme 5(2). pp. 6-8. State Forest Block: progress report, December 2000. Department Yates, C., Coates, D. and Cochrane, A. (2000). Verticordia (6) interim of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-46. recovery plans (implementation): ESU 00006465: final report Wayne, A., Wheeler, I., Ward, C., Rooney, J. and Mellican, A. (2001). submitted to the Commonwealth Threatened Species and The impacts of timber harvesting and associated activities on the Communities Section, Biodiversity Group, Environment Australia. small terrestrial vertebrates of the jarrah forest: Kingston Project Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western progress report. Department of Conservation and Land Australia, pp. 1-41. Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-37. Yates, C., Cochrane, A., Buist, M. and Coates, D. (2000). Acacia (6) Webb, B., Murphy, D., Harper, R., Warren, J. and Jasper, D. (2000). interim recovery plans (implementation): ESU 00006465: final report Tree-crops can increase the labile soil organic matter content in submitted to the Commonwealth Threatened Species and sandy soils of Western Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Remade Lands: Communities Section, Biodiversity Group, Environment Australia. International Conference on the Remediation and Management of Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Degraded Lands: Book of Abstracts, Fremantle, Western Australia, Australia, pp. 1-64. 30 November-2 December 2000. Murdoch University, Institute for Yates, C.J., Hobbs, R.J. and Atkins, L. (2000). Establishment of perennial Environmental Science, Murdoch. pp. 156-157. shrub and tree species in degraded Eucalyptus salmonophloia Wheeler, I. (2001). Owls in the south west of Western Australia. Western (salmon gum) remnant woodlands: effects of restoration treatments. Wildlife: Newsletter of the Land for Wildlife Scheme 5(1). pp. 5-6. Restoration Ecology 8. pp. 135-143. Wheeler, J.R. (2000). Hibbertia porongurupensis, a new name for a Yates, C.J., Hobbs, R.J. and True, D.T. (2000). The distribution and species of Dilleniaceae endemic to the Porongurup Range. Nuytsia status of eucalypt woodlands in Western Australia. In: Temperate 13. pp. 395-398. Eucalypt Woodlands in Australia: Biology, Conservation, Wheeler, J.R. (2000). Review of Hibbertia mucronata and its allies Management and Restoration. Surrey Beatty, Sydney. pp. 86-106. (Dilleniaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. 379-394. Yates, C.J., Norton, D.A. and Hobbs, R.J. (2000). Grazing effects on Wheeler, J.R., Marchant, N.G. and Robinson, C.J. (2001). Agonis plant cover, soil and microclimate in fragmented woodlands in south- fragrans (Myrtaceae), a new species from Western Australia. western Australia: implications for restoration. Austral Ecology 25. Nuytsia 13. pp. 567-570. pp. 36-47. Whitford, K.R. (2001). Dimensions of tree hollows used by birds and Young, A.M., Bougher, N.L. and Robinson, R.M. (2000). Hygrophoraceae mammals in the jarrah forest: improving the dimensional description of Western Australia. II, further taxa. Australasian Mycologist pp. 41-48. of potentially usable hollows. CALMScience 3. pp. 499-511. Yung, F.H. (2001). Literature review in sustainability, stochastic methods Whitford, K.R. and Williams, M.R. (2001). Survival of jarrah (Eucalyptus & PVA and nonlinear dynamics (chaos) for ecological modelling. marginata Sm.) and marri (Corymbia calophylla Lindl.) habitat trees retained Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western after logging. Forest Ecology and Management 146. pp. 181-197. Australia, pp. 1-56.

100 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 Annual

Report 2000 Annual Report 2000–2001 –2001 eateto osrainandLandManagement Department ofConservation

Department of Conservation and Land Management

Locked Bag 104 Bentley Delivery Centre Western Australia 6983

Tel: (08) 9334 0333 Fax: (08) 9334 0489 TTY: (08) 9334 0456 Department of Conservation and Land Management